JP6889529B2 - Box body, wrapping box and manufacturing method of wrapping box - Google Patents

Box body, wrapping box and manufacturing method of wrapping box Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP6889529B2
JP6889529B2 JP2016145444A JP2016145444A JP6889529B2 JP 6889529 B2 JP6889529 B2 JP 6889529B2 JP 2016145444 A JP2016145444 A JP 2016145444A JP 2016145444 A JP2016145444 A JP 2016145444A JP 6889529 B2 JP6889529 B2 JP 6889529B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
pocket
line
plate
polygonal line
box
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
JP2016145444A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2018016322A (en
Inventor
陽介 西村
陽介 西村
Original Assignee
株式会社クラウン・パッケージ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社クラウン・パッケージ filed Critical 株式会社クラウン・パッケージ
Priority to JP2016145444A priority Critical patent/JP6889529B2/en
Publication of JP2018016322A publication Critical patent/JP2018016322A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP6889529B2 publication Critical patent/JP6889529B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Cartons (AREA)
  • Packages (AREA)

Description

本発明は、商品を展示するための箱体に関するものであり、特に、側面の一部を収納部として使用できる箱体に関するものである。 The present invention relates to a box body for displaying a product, and more particularly to a box body in which a part of a side surface can be used as a storage portion.

商品を展示するための箱体で、側面の一部を収納部として使用できるものとして、出願人は、特許文献1〜4に記載の出願を行っている。 The applicant has filed the applications described in Patent Documents 1 to 4 as a box for displaying products, and a part of the side surface can be used as a storage portion.

すなわち、特許文献1の包装箱においては、正面部10は、正面本体部12と、折り出し板部200、202と、ポケット正面板部210と、ポケット背面板部220と、ポケット中間板部230とを有し、折り出し板部200、202を正面側に引き出してポケット中間板部230とポケット背面板部220とを背面側に折り曲げて、係止片224を一対の折り出し板部間の開口部に挿通することによりポケットが形成される。なお、ポケット正面板部210とポケット背面板部220と折り出し板部200、202は、側面視において略三角形状を呈する
また、特許文献2の実施例2に示す包装箱においては、内箱部の正面部10が、正面本体部12と、正面部の上方の先端の先端部18と、先端部から折れ線を介して連設された傾斜板部16と、傾斜板部16と正面本体部12間に設けられた第1前開部14−1と第2前開部14−2とを有し、傾斜板部16は、突状部16A、16Bを有し、切込みK16、K18を正面本体部12の突出部12A、12Bに係止させて、傾斜板部16が正面側斜め上方を向いた状態に固定され、傾斜板部16と第2前開部14−2と第1前開部14−1とで開口部16Cを開口部分とするポケットが構成される。
That is, in the packaging box of Patent Document 1, the front portion 10 includes a front main body portion 12, folded plate portions 200 and 202, a pocket front plate portion 210, a pocket back plate portion 220, and a pocket intermediate plate portion 230. The folded-out plate portions 200 and 202 are pulled out to the front side, the pocket intermediate plate portion 230 and the pocket back plate portion 220 are bent to the back side, and the locking piece 224 is placed between the pair of folded-out plate portions. A pocket is formed by inserting through the opening. The pocket front plate portion 210, the pocket back plate portion 220, and the folded-out plate portions 200 and 202 have a substantially triangular shape in a side view, and in the packaging box shown in Example 2 of Patent Document 2, the inner box portion. The front body portion 10 is the front main body portion 12, the tip portion 18 at the upper end of the front portion, the inclined plate portion 16 connected from the tip portion via a broken line, the inclined plate portion 16, and the front main body portion 12. It has a first front opening portion 14-1 and a second front opening portion 14-2 provided between them, the inclined plate portion 16 has protruding portions 16A and 16B, and the cuts K16 and K18 are provided in the front main body portion 12. The inclined plate portion 16 is fixed in a state of facing diagonally upward on the front side by being locked to the protruding portions 12A and 12B of the above, and the inclined plate portion 16, the second front opening portion 14-2, and the first front opening portion 14-1. A pocket is configured with the opening 16C as the opening.

また、特許文献3の実施例2に示す包装箱においては、内箱部の正面部10が、正面本体部12と、正面部の上方の先端の先端部18と、先端部から折れ線を介して連設された傾斜板部16と、傾斜板部と正面本体部間に設けられた前開部14、15とを有し、先端部18の切欠部K18、K19を切込みK13、K14に係止することにより、先端部18を前開部14に係合させて、傾斜板部16が正面側斜め上方を向いた状態に固定され、傾斜板部16と第2前開部15と第1前開部14とで切欠部K16により形成された開口部を開口部分とするポケットが構成される。 Further, in the packaging box shown in Example 2 of Patent Document 3, the front portion 10 of the inner box portion is the front main body portion 12, the tip portion 18 of the upper tip of the front portion, and the tip portion via a polygonal line. It has a series of inclined plate portions 16 and front opening portions 14 and 15 provided between the inclined plate portion and the front main body portion, and locks the notched portions K18 and K19 of the tip portion 18 to the cuts K13 and K14. As a result, the tip portion 18 is engaged with the front opening portion 14, and the inclined plate portion 16 is fixed in a state of facing diagonally upward on the front side, and the inclined plate portion 16, the second front opening portion 15, and the first front opening portion 14 A pocket is formed in which the opening formed by the notch K16 is used as the opening.

また、特許文献4の包装箱においては、内箱部A1の一部を組み立てることにより、収納部Sが形成される。すなわち、収納部背面構成部12aと、収納部底面構成部12bと、収納部正面構成部12cと、収納部正面裏側構成部12dと、収納部底面内側構成部12eと、収納部側面構成部26、36と、収納部正面構成部28、38とで収納部Sが構成される。 Further, in the packaging box of Patent Document 4, the storage portion S is formed by assembling a part of the inner box portion A1. That is, the storage unit back configuration unit 12a, the storage unit bottom surface configuration unit 12b, the storage unit front configuration unit 12c, the storage unit front / back side configuration unit 12d, the storage unit bottom surface inside configuration unit 12e, and the storage unit side surface configuration unit 26. , 36 and the storage unit front components 28 and 38 constitute the storage unit S.

また、特許文献5の段ボール箱においては、上側フラップが、天井部15と、天井部15の先端縁から延出する上側仕切壁部17とを有し、下側フラップが、底板部と、底板部の先端縁から延出する下側仕切壁部28とを有し、上側仕切壁部17及び下側仕切壁部28の先端縁に設けられた係合構造同士が、四角筒状部内で係合されることにより収納スペースが形成される。 Further, in the corrugated cardboard box of Patent Document 5, the upper flap has a ceiling portion 15 and an upper partition wall portion 17 extending from the tip edge of the ceiling portion 15, and the lower flap has a bottom plate portion and a bottom plate. It has a lower partition wall portion 28 extending from the tip edge of the portion, and the engaging structures provided on the tip edge of the upper partition wall portion 17 and the lower partition wall portion 28 are engaged with each other in the square tubular portion. A storage space is formed by being combined.

実用新案登録第3168874号公報Utility Model Registration No. 3168874 実用新案登録第3179758号公報Utility Model Registration No. 3179758 実用新案登録第3179759号公報Utility Model Registration No. 3179759 実用新案登録第3147085号公報Utility Model Registration No. 3147085 実用新案登録第3151760号公報Utility Model Registration No. 3151760

しかし、特許文献1の包装箱においては、係止片224を一対の折り出し板部間の開口部に挿通するという操作が必要になってしまう。また、ポケットを形成した際に、ポケット正面板部210は傾斜した状態となり、ポケット正面板部210の開口部により収納スペースが形成されるので、ポケットを構成する部材の前後方向の長さ(具体的には、ポケット正面板部210が傾斜した状態における前後方向の長さ)の割には、収納スペースが大きくないという問題がある。 However, in the packaging box of Patent Document 1, it is necessary to insert the locking piece 224 into the opening between the pair of folding plate portions. Further, when the pocket is formed, the pocket front plate portion 210 is in an inclined state, and a storage space is formed by the opening of the pocket front plate portion 210. Therefore, the length of the members constituting the pocket in the front-rear direction (specifically). Specifically, there is a problem that the storage space is not large for the length in the front-rear direction when the pocket front plate portion 210 is tilted.

また、特許文献2の包装箱では、正面部10を組み立てて、ポケットを構成するには、切込みK16、K18を正面本体部12の突出部12A、12Bに係止させるという操作が必要になってしまう。また、ポケットを形成した際に、傾斜板部16が正面側斜め上方を向いて傾斜した状態になり、傾斜板部16の開口部16Cにより収納スペースが形成されるので、ポケットを構成する部材の前後方向の長さ(具体的には、傾斜板部16が傾斜した状態における前後方向の長さ)の割には、収納スペースが大きくないという問題がある。 Further, in the packaging box of Patent Document 2, in order to assemble the front portion 10 and form a pocket, it is necessary to lock the notches K16 and K18 with the protruding portions 12A and 12B of the front main body portion 12. It ends up. Further, when the pocket is formed, the inclined plate portion 16 is in an inclined state toward the front side obliquely upward, and a storage space is formed by the opening 16C of the inclined plate portion 16, so that the members constituting the pocket There is a problem that the storage space is not large for the length in the front-rear direction (specifically, the length in the front-rear direction when the inclined plate portion 16 is inclined).

また、特許文献3の包装箱では、正面部10を組み立てた際に、突状部16−2の先端が正面本体部12の突状部12−2に当接するので、傾斜板部16の角度を固定することはできるが、正面部10を組み立てて、傾斜板部16を表示状態にするには、先端部18の切欠部K18、K19を切込みK13、K14に係止することにより、先端部18を前開部14に係合させる操作が必要になってしまう。また、ポケットを形成した際に、傾斜板部16が正面側斜め上方を向いて傾斜した状態になり、傾斜板部16の切欠部K16により収納スペースが形成されるので、ポケットを構成する部材の前後方向の長さ(具体的には、傾斜板部16が傾斜した状態における前後方向の長さ)の割には、収納スペースが大きくないという問題がある。 Further, in the packaging box of Patent Document 3, when the front portion 10 is assembled, the tip of the protruding portion 16-2 abuts on the protruding portion 12-2 of the front main body portion 12, so that the angle of the inclined plate portion 16 is increased. However, in order to assemble the front portion 10 and display the inclined plate portion 16, the tip portion is formed by locking the notches K18 and K19 of the tip portion 18 to the cuts K13 and K14. An operation of engaging the 18 with the front opening portion 14 is required. Further, when the pocket is formed, the inclined plate portion 16 is inclined toward the front side obliquely upward, and a storage space is formed by the cutout portion K16 of the inclined plate portion 16, so that the members constituting the pocket There is a problem that the storage space is not large for the length in the front-rear direction (specifically, the length in the front-rear direction when the inclined plate portion 16 is inclined).

また、特許文献4の包装箱では、収納部Sにおいては、収納部背面構成部12aと収納部正面構成部12c及び収納部正面裏側構成部12dは、前後に間隔を介して略平行に設けられるので、収納部Sの前後方向の長さに応じて、収納スペースを確保することができ、前後方向に広い収納スペースを確保できるものの、収納部Sを組み立てる際に、収納部正面構成部12cと収納部正面裏側構成部12d間に収納部正面構成部28、38の内側の突状部を挟む作業が必要になってしまう。 Further, in the packaging box of Patent Document 4, in the storage portion S, the storage portion back configuration portion 12a, the storage portion front configuration portion 12c, and the storage portion front / back side configuration portion 12d are provided substantially parallel to each other with a space in the front-rear direction. Therefore, a storage space can be secured according to the length of the storage portion S in the front-rear direction, and a wide storage space can be secured in the front-rear direction. It is necessary to insert the projecting portions inside the front components 28 and 38 of the storage section between the components 12d on the front back side of the storage section.

また、特許文献5の段ボール箱においては、収納スペース34は、側壁4と上側仕切壁部17及び下側仕切壁部28が前後に間隔を介して略平行に設けられるので、収納スペースを構成する部材の長さ(側壁4と上側仕切壁部17及び下側仕切壁部28間の長さ)に応じて、収納スペースを確保することができ、前後方向に広い収納スペースを確保できるものの、上側仕切壁部17の係合部22、23及び24と下側仕切壁部28の係合部30、31及び32を係合させる作業が必要になってしまう。 Further, in the corrugated cardboard box of Patent Document 5, the storage space 34 constitutes a storage space because the side wall 4, the upper partition wall portion 17 and the lower partition wall portion 28 are provided substantially parallel to each other with an interval in the front-rear direction. A storage space can be secured according to the length of the member (the length between the side wall 4 and the upper partition wall portion 17 and the lower partition wall portion 28), and although a wide storage space can be secured in the front-rear direction, the upper side can be secured. It is necessary to engage the engaging portions 22, 23 and 24 of the partition wall portion 17 with the engaging portions 30, 31 and 32 of the lower partition wall portion 28.

そこで、本発明は、側面の一部を収納部として使用できる箱体において、ある部材を他の部材に挿通させる操作やある部材を他の部材に係合させる操作が必要なく、収納部を構成するための操作が容易であり、かつ、前後方向に広い収納スペースを確保することができる箱体を提供することを目的とするものである。 Therefore, in the present invention, in a box body in which a part of the side surface can be used as a storage portion, the storage portion is configured without the need for an operation of inserting a certain member into another member or an operation of engaging a certain member with another member. It is an object of the present invention to provide a box body which is easy to operate and can secure a wide storage space in the front-rear direction.

本発明は上記問題点を解決するために創作されたものであって、第1には、箱体であって、底面部(50)と、底面部の各辺から立設し底面部に対して略直角をなす側面構成部で、第1側面部(10)と、第1側面部の両側に隣り合う第2側面部(20)及び第3側面部(30)を有する側面構成部(5)と、を有し、箱体が、シート状のブランクにより形成され、第1側面部が、底面部から連設されるとともに、第2側面部及び第3側面部と隣り合う基部前板部(110)と、基部前板部の上側に第1切目線(110K)を介して連設されたポケット前部前板部(112)と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺から第1折れ線(C21c)を介して連設され、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後構成部(113)と、ポケット前部後構成部のポケット前部前板部とは反対側の辺部から第2折れ線(C24)を介して連設されるとともに、第2折れ線の一方の端部から形成された第2切目線(118KA)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接するとともに、第2折れ線の他方の端部から形成された第3切目線(118KB)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第2切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第1突状部(116−1)と、第3切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第2突状部(116−2)を有する支持板部(118)と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第1折れ線の両側の部分における一方から第3折れ線(C21a)を介して連設された第1ポケット上部板部(120)と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第1折れ線の両側の部分における他方から第4折れ線(C21b)を介して連設された第2ポケット上部板部(122)と、支持板部のポケット前部後構成部側とは反対側の辺部から第5折れ線(C25)を介して連設され、第1ポケット上部板部の第3折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第6折れ線(C22a)を介して連設され、第2ポケット上部板部の第4折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第7折れ線(C22b)を介して連設され、第1側面部の外側の面側を正面側とした場合に、基部前板部の背面側の面に接着して設けられた基部後板部(124)と、を有し、第1折れ線と第2折れ線と第3折れ線と第4折れ線と第5折れ線と第6折れ線と第7折れ線は平行に形成され、第1切目線を切断する前の状態では、ポケット前部後構成部(113)と支持板部(118)と第1ポケット上部板部(120)と第2ポケット上部板部(122)と基部後板部(124)からなる領域は、基部前板部(110)とポケット前部前板部(112)からなる領域に対して、第1折れ線と第3折れ線と第4折れ線を介して折り返した状態であり、第1切目線を切断して、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部とからなるポケット前部(111)を正面側に引き出すことにより、支持板部を基部後板部に対して正面側に回動させるとともに、ポケット前部後構成部を支持板部に対して回動させ、ポケット前部後構成部が支持板部に対して回動することにより、第1突状部と第2突状部がポケット前部前板部の裏側の面を押した状態で、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定されて、第1側面部により構成され、支持板部を底面とする収納部が形成され、該収納部においては、基部(109)とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して配置(略平行に配置としてもよい)されることを特徴とする。 The present invention was created in order to solve the above problems. First, it is a box body, which is erected from each side of the bottom surface portion (50) and the bottom surface portion with respect to the bottom surface portion. A side surface component (5) having a first side surface portion (10), a second side surface portion (20) and a third side surface portion (30) adjacent to each other on both sides of the first side surface portion. ), And the box body is formed by a sheet-shaped blank, the first side surface portion is continuously provided from the bottom surface portion, and the base front plate portion adjacent to the second side surface portion and the third side surface portion. (110), the pocket front plate portion (112) connected to the upper side of the base front plate portion via the first cut line (110K), and the base front plate portion side of the pocket front front plate portion. Is connected from the upper side, which is the opposite side, via the first folding line (C21c), and is bonded to the front front plate portion of the pocket. The second cut line (118KA) formed from one end of the second folding line is connected to the front part of the pocket from the side opposite to the front plate portion via the second folding line (C24). Adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via, and adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via the third cut line (118KB) formed from the other end of the second folding line, to the second cut line. It has a side portion along the side and has a first protruding portion (116-1) protruding toward the front and rear components of the pocket, and a side along the third cut line, and has a side along the front and rear components of the pocket. The support plate portion (118) having the second protruding portion (116-2) protruding from the front and the upper side, which is the side portion opposite to the base front plate portion side of the pocket front front plate portion, are the first fold lines. At the first pocket upper plate portion (120) serially connected from one of the two side portions via the third folding line (C21a), and at the side portion of the pocket front front plate portion opposite to the base front plate portion side. On a certain upper side, the second pocket upper plate portion (122) connected from the other on both sides of the first folding line via the fourth folding line (C21b) and the pocket front rear component side of the support plate portion are It is connected from the opposite side via the 5th folding line (C25), and is connected from the side opposite to the 3rd folding line of the upper plate of the 1st pocket via the 6th folding line (C22a). When the side of the upper plate of the second pocket opposite to the fourth fold line is connected via the seventh fold line (C22b) and the outer surface side of the first side surface is the front side, the front of the base It has a base rear plate portion (124) provided by adhering to the back surface of the plate portion, and has a first folding line, a second folding line, a third folding line, a fourth folding line, and a fifth folding line. The 6th polygonal line and the 7th polygonal line are formed in parallel, and in the state before cutting the 1st cut line, the pocket front rear component portion (113), the support plate portion (118), and the 1st pocket upper plate portion ( The region consisting of the second pocket upper plate portion (122), the base rear plate portion (124), and the region consisting of the base front plate portion (110) and the pocket front plate portion (112) is the second region. A pocket front portion (111) composed of a pocket front front plate portion and a pocket front rear component portion by cutting the first cut line in a state of being folded back through a 1-fold line, a 3rd fold line, and a 4th fold line. By pulling out the support plate portion to the front side, the support plate portion is rotated to the front side with respect to the base rear plate portion, and the pocket front portion rear configuration portion is rotated with respect to the support plate portion. Rotates with respect to the support plate portion, so that the first projecting portion and the second projecting portion press the back surface of the front front plate portion of the pocket, and the support plate portion with respect to the base rear plate portion. The rotation angle is fixed, the first side surface portion is formed, and a storage portion having the support plate portion as the bottom surface is formed. In the storage portion, the base portion (109) and the front portion of the pocket are separated from each other in the front-rear direction. It is characterized in that it is arranged (may be arranged substantially in parallel).

第1の構成によれば、ポケット前部を正面側に引き出す操作を行なうのみでポケットを形成できるので、操作が極めて容易である。特に、ポケットを形成するに際して、差込みや係止の操作がないので、ポケットを形成するための操作が容易となる。また、ポケットを展開した状態では、基部とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して略平行に配置されるので、前後方向に広く収納スペースを確保することができる。 According to the first configuration, the pocket can be formed only by pulling out the front portion of the pocket to the front side, so that the operation is extremely easy. In particular, when forming the pocket, there is no operation of inserting or locking, so that the operation for forming the pocket becomes easy. Further, in the expanded state of the pocket, the base portion and the front portion of the pocket are arranged substantially parallel to each other with a gap in the front-rear direction, so that a wide storage space can be secured in the front-rear direction.

また、第2には、上記第1の構成において、基部後板部の支持板部側とは反対側の辺部から折れ線を介して接着板部(126)が連設され、接着板部は、基部前板部から連設された底面部に接着されていることを特徴とする。 Secondly, in the first configuration, the adhesive plate portion (126) is continuously provided from the side portion of the base rear plate portion opposite to the support plate portion side via the polygonal line, and the adhesive plate portion is formed. , It is characterized in that it is adhered to the bottom surface portion which is continuously provided from the base front plate portion.

よって、接着板部が底面部に接着されるので、基部後板部をより強固に固定させることができる。 Therefore, since the adhesive plate portion is adhered to the bottom surface portion, the base rear plate portion can be fixed more firmly.

また、第3には、箱体であって、底面部(50)と、底面部の各辺から立設し底面部に対して略直角をなす側面構成部で、第1側面部(10)と、第1側面部の両側に隣り合う第2側面部(20)及び第3側面部(30)を有する側面構成部(5)と、を有し、箱体が、シート状のブランクにより形成され、第1側面部が、底面部から連設されるとともに、第2側面部及び第3側面部と隣り合う基部前板部(110)と、基部前板部の上側に第1切目線(110K)を介して連設されたポケット前部前板部(112)と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺から第1折れ線(C21c)を介して連設され、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後構成部(113)と、ポケット前部後構成部のポケット前部前板部とは反対側の辺部から第2折れ線(C24)を介して連設されるとともに、第2折れ線の一方の端部から形成された第2切目線(118KA)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接するとともに、第2折れ線の他方の端部から形成された第3切目線(118KB)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第2切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第1突状部(116−1)と、第3切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第2突状部(116−2)を有する支持板部(118)と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第1折れ線の両側の部分における一方から第3折れ線(C21a)を介して連設された第1ポケット上部板部(120)と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第1折れ線の両側の部分における他方から第4折れ線(C21b)を介して連設された第2ポケット上部板部(122)と、支持板部のポケット前部後構成部側とは反対側の辺部から第5折れ線(C25)を介して連設され、第1ポケット上部板部の第3折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第6折れ線(C22a)を介して連設され、第2ポケット上部板部の第4折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第7折れ線(C22b)を介して連設され、第1側面部の外側の面側を正面側とした場合に、基部前板部の背面側に設けられた基部後板部(124)と、基部後板部の支持板部側とは反対側の辺部から第8折れ線(C26)を介して連設された接着板部で、基部前板部から連設された該底面部に接着された接着板部(126)と、を有し、第1折れ線と第2折れ線と第3折れ線と第4折れ線と第5折れ線と第6折れ線と第7折れ線は平行に形成され、第1切目線を切断する前の状態では、ポケット前部後構成部(113)と支持板部(118)と第1ポケット上部板部(120)と第2ポケット上部板部(122)と基部後板部(124)からなる領域は、基部前板部(110)とポケット前部前板部(112)からなる領域に対して、第1折れ線と第3折れ線と第4折れ線を介して折り返した状態であり、第1切目線を切断して、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部とからなるポケット前部(111)を正面側に引き出すことにより、支持板部を基部後板部に対して正面側に回動させるとともに、ポケット前部後構成部を支持板部に対して回動させ、ポケット前部後構成部が支持板部に対して回動することにより、第1突状部と第2突状部がポケット前部前板部の裏側の面を押した状態で、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定されて、第
1側面部により構成され、支持板部を底面とする収納部が形成され、該収納部においては、基部(109)とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して配置(略平行に配置としてもよい)されることを特徴とする。
The third is a box body, which is a bottom surface portion (50) and a side surface component portion which is erected from each side of the bottom surface portion and is substantially perpendicular to the bottom surface portion, and is a first side surface portion (10). And a side component portion (5) having a second side surface portion (20) and a third side surface portion (30) adjacent to each other on both sides of the first side surface portion, and the box body is formed by a sheet-shaped blank. The first side surface portion is continuously provided from the bottom surface portion, and the base front plate portion (110) adjacent to the second side surface portion and the third side surface portion and the first cut line (1st cut line) on the upper side of the base front plate portion. A first folding line (C21c) is formed from the upper side of the front pocket plate portion (112) connected via 110K) and the side portion of the front plate portion of the pocket front portion opposite to the base front plate portion side. The second pocket front rear component (113), which is connected to the front pocket front plate and adhered to the front front plate of the pocket, and the side of the front rear component of the pocket opposite to the front front plate of the pocket. It is connected via a fold line (C24), is adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via a second cut line (118KA) formed from one end of the second fold line, and is of the second fold line. Adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via a third cut line (118KB) formed from the other end, has a side along the second cut line, and projects toward the front and rear components of the pocket. A support plate having a first protruding portion (116-1) and a side portion along the third cut line, and having a second protruding portion (116-2) protruding toward the front and rear components of the pocket. The portion (118) and the upper side of the front portion of the pocket, which is the side opposite to the base portion of the front plate portion, are connected from one of the two sides of the first folding line via the third folding line (C21a). The fourth fold line from the other on both sides of the first fold line on the upper side, which is the side opposite to the base front plate side of the first pocket upper plate portion (120) and the front front plate portion of the pocket. The second pocket upper plate portion (122) connected via C21b) and the side portion of the support plate portion opposite to the pocket front rear component side are connected via the fifth folding line (C25). It is connected from the side of the upper plate of the first pocket on the side opposite to the third fold line via the sixth fold line (C22a), and the side of the upper plate of the second pocket on the side opposite to the fourth fold line. To the base rear plate portion (124) provided on the back side of the base front plate portion when the outer surface side of the first side surface portion is the front side. , An adhesive plate portion that is continuously connected from the side of the base rear plate portion opposite to the support plate portion side via the eighth folding line (C26), and adheres to the bottom surface portion that is continuously provided from the base front plate portion. It has an adhesive plate portion (126), and the first polygonal line, the second polygonal line, the third polygonal line, the fourth polygonal line, the fifth polygonal line, the sixth polygonal line, and the seventh polygonal line are formed in parallel, and the first polygonal line is formed. In the state before cutting the line of sight, the front pocket rear component (113), the support plate (118), the first pocket upper plate (120), the second pocket upper plate (122), and the base rear plate. The region consisting of (124) is folded back from the region consisting of the base front plate portion (110) and the pocket front front plate portion (112) via the first polygonal line, the third polygonal line, and the fourth polygonal line. Yes, by cutting the first cut line and pulling out the pocket front part (111) consisting of the pocket front part front plate part and the pocket front part rear component part to the front side, the support plate part becomes the base rear plate part. On the other hand, it is rotated to the front side, the front part of the pocket is rotated with respect to the support plate part, and the front part of the pocket is rotated with respect to the support plate part. With the portion and the second protruding portion pushing the back surface of the front front plate portion of the pocket, the rotation angle of the support plate portion with respect to the base rear plate portion is fixed, and the support plate portion is composed of the first side surface portion and is supported. A storage portion having a plate portion as the bottom surface is formed, and in the storage portion, the base portion (109) and the front portion of the pocket are arranged in the front-rear direction with a gap (may be arranged substantially in parallel). To do.

第3の構成によれば、傾斜部を正面側に引き出す操作を行なうのみでポケットを形成できるので、操作が極めて容易である。特に、ポケットを形成するに際して、差込みや係止の操作がないので、ポケットを形成するための操作が容易となる。また、ポケットを展開した状態では、基部とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して略平行に配置されるので、前後方向に広く収納スペースを確保することができる。 According to the third configuration, the pocket can be formed only by pulling out the inclined portion to the front side, so that the operation is extremely easy. In particular, when forming the pocket, there is no operation of inserting or locking, so that the operation for forming the pocket becomes easy. Further, in the expanded state of the pocket, the base portion and the front portion of the pocket are arranged substantially parallel to each other with a gap in the front-rear direction, so that a wide storage space can be secured in the front-rear direction.

また、第4には、上記第1から第3までのいずれかの構成において、ポケット前部後構成部が、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後板部(114)と、ポケット前部後板部に折れ線(C23)を介して連設されるとともに、支持板部に該第2折れ線を介して連設された連結板部で、第1突状部と第2突状部の間の位置に設けられた連結板部(116)とを有し、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定された状態では、支持板部がポケット前部前板部に対して略直角をなし、連結板部は、ポケット前部後板部及び支持板部に対して傾斜した状態となることを特徴とする。 Fourth, in any of the first to third configurations, the pocket front rear component is the pocket front rear plate portion (114) bonded to the pocket front front plate portion. A connecting plate portion that is connected to the front and rear plates of the pocket via a polygonal line (C23) and is continuously provided to the support plate via the second polygonal line, and has a first protruding portion and a second protruding portion. It has a connecting plate portion (116) provided at a position between the portions, and in a state where the rotation angle of the support plate portion with respect to the base rear plate portion is fixed, the support plate portion is placed on the front front plate portion of the pocket. On the other hand, the connecting plate portion is formed at a substantially right angle with respect to the pocket front portion and the rear plate portion and the support plate portion is inclined.

第4の構成によれば、連結板部が支持板部とポケット前部後板部に対して傾斜した状態となるので、支持板部がポケット前部前板部に対して略直角の状態にしやすくできる。 According to the fourth configuration, the connecting plate portion is inclined with respect to the support plate portion and the front front plate portion of the pocket, so that the support plate portion is substantially perpendicular to the front plate portion of the pocket front portion. It can be done easily.

また、第5には、上記第1から第4までのいずれかの構成において、支持板部は、第2切目線の第2折れ線側とは反対側の端部から連設されるとともに第5折れ線の一方の端部から連設された第4切目線(118Kc)を介して基部後板部と隣接するとともに、第3切目線の第2折れ線側とは反対側の端部から連設されるとともに第5折れ線の他方の端部から連設された第5切目線(118Kd)を介して基部後板部と隣接し、第1ポケット上部板部は、第3折れ線と直角をなす第6切目線(120K)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第2ポケット上部板部は、第4折れ線と直角をなす第7切目線(122K)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、基部後板部は、第6切目線の第6折れ線側の端部から第2切目線と第4切目線の接点まで形成された第8切目線(124Ka)と、第7切目線の第7折れ線側の端部から第3切目線と第5切目線の接点まで形成された第9切目線(124Kb)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接していることを特徴とする。 Fifth, in any of the first to fourth configurations, the support plate portion is continuously provided from the end portion of the second cut line opposite to the second polygonal line side and the fifth. Adjacent to the rear plate of the base via a fourth line (118 Kc) connected from one end of the polygonal line, and connected from the end opposite to the second polygonal line side of the third line. Along with this, the upper plate portion of the first pocket is adjacent to the rear plate portion of the base via the fifth cut line (118 Kd) connected from the other end of the fifth polygonal line, and the upper plate portion of the first pocket is perpendicular to the third polygonal line. Adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via the cut line (120K), the upper plate of the second pocket is connected to the front and rear components of the pocket via the seventh line (122K) perpendicular to the fourth polygonal line. Adjacent to each other, the base rear plate is the 8th cut line (124Ka) formed from the end of the 6th cut line on the 6th polygonal line side to the contact point between the 2nd cut line and the 4th cut line, and the 7th cut line. It is characterized in that it is adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via the 9th cut line (124 Kb) formed from the end on the 7th polygonal line side to the contact point between the 3rd cut line and the 5th cut line. ..

また、第6には、上記第5の構成において、第2切目線と第3切目線と第8切目線と第9切目線とが切断予定線により形成されていることを特徴とする。 Sixth, in the fifth configuration, the second cut line, the third cut line, the eighth cut line, and the ninth cut line are formed by the planned cutting lines.

よって、第2切目線と第3切目線と第8切目線と第9切目線とが切断予定線により形成されているので、不用意に第1切目線が切断してしまった場合でも、支持板部が基部後板部に対して回動したり、ポケット前部後構成部に対して回動してしまうことがない。 Therefore, since the second cut line, the third cut line, the eighth cut line, and the ninth cut line are formed by the planned cutting lines, even if the first cut line is inadvertently cut, it is supported. The plate portion does not rotate with respect to the base rear plate portion or with respect to the pocket front rear component portion.

なお、第5又は第6の構成において、以下の構成としてもよい。すなわち、「2切目線が、第2折れ線から第2折れ線の一方の端部側である第1方向にいくに従いポケット前部前板部の上辺側となるように形成された第2切目線第1構成部(118Ka−3)と、第2切目線第1構成部から連設され、第1折れ線と平行に形成された第2切目線第2構成部(118Ka−2)と、第2切目線第2構成部から連設され、第4切目線と第8切目線の接点にまで形成された第2切目線第3構成部(118Ka−1)とを有し、第3切目線が、第2折れ線から第2折れ線の他方の端部側である第2方向にいくに従いポケット前部前板部の上辺側となるように形成された第3切目線第1構成部(118Kb−3)と、第3切目線第1構成部から連設され、第1折れ線と平行に形成された第3切目線第2構成部(118Kb−2)と、第3切目線第2構成部から連設され、第5切目線と第9切目線の接点にまで形成された第3切目線第3構成部(118Kb−1)とを有することを特徴とする。」としてもよい。 In the fifth or sixth configuration, the following configuration may be used. That is, "the second cut line formed so that the second cut line becomes the upper side side of the front front plate portion of the pocket as it goes from the second broken line to the first direction which is one end side of the second broken line. 1 component (118Ka-3), 2nd cut line 2nd component (118Ka-2) connected from the 1st component and formed parallel to the 1st polygonal line, and 2nd cut It has a second cut line third component (118Ka-1) that is connected from the second component of the line of sight and is formed up to the point of contact between the fourth line and the eighth line, and the third line is The first component (118Kb-3) of the third cut line formed so as to be on the upper side of the front plate portion of the front part of the pocket as it goes from the second polygonal line to the other end side of the second polygonal line in the second direction. 3rd cut line 2nd component (118Kb-2), which is connected from the 3rd cut line 1st component and formed parallel to the 1st polygonal line, and 3rd line 2nd component. It is characterized by having a third cut line third component (118 Kb-1) formed up to the contact point between the fifth cut line and the ninth cut line. "

また、第7には、上記第1から第6までのいずれかの構成において、基部前板部には、ポケット前部前板部と接する切欠部(10ha)が形成され、さらに、基部後板部における切欠部の背面側の領域には、開口部(10hb)が形成され、該切欠部及び該開口部に指を挿入して、ポケット前部前板部の端部をつかんで正面側に引っ張ることにより、第1切目線が切断されることを特徴とする。 Seventh, in any of the first to sixth configurations, the base front plate portion is formed with a notch (10 ha) in contact with the pocket front front plate portion, and further, the base rear plate portion is formed. An opening (10 hb) is formed in the region on the back side of the notch in the portion, and a finger is inserted into the notch and the opening to grab the end of the front plate portion of the pocket and move to the front side. The first cut line is cut by pulling.

また、第8には、包装箱であって、内箱部(A)と外箱部(B)とを有し、内箱部が、底面部(50)と、底面部の各辺から立設し底面部に対して略直角をなす内側スリーブ状部で、第1内箱部側面部(30)と、第2内箱部側面部(10)と、第3内箱部側面部(20)と、第4内箱部側面部(40)を有し、内箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、互いに隣接する側面部が略直角をなす内側スリーブ状部(5)と、を有し、第1内箱部側面部と第2内箱部側面部と第3内箱部側面部と第4内箱部側面部とにおける2つの内箱部側面部において、内箱部側面部の一部が分離部(24、34)として内箱部側面部における分離部以外の部分である内箱部側面部本体部と切目線を介して分離可能に形成され、内箱部における分離部が設けられた内箱部側面部以外の内箱部側面部である特定内箱部側面部(10)が、底面部から連設されるとともに、特定内箱部側面部が隣接する内箱部側面部と隣り合う基部前板部(110)と、基部前板部の上側に第1切目線(110K)を介して連設されたポケット前部前板部(112)と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺から第1折れ線(C21c)を介して連設され、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後構成部(113)と、ポケット前部後構成部のポケット前部前板部とは反対側の辺部から第2折れ線(C24)を介して連設されるとともに、第2折れ線の一方の端部から形成された第2切目線(118KA)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接するとともに、第2折れ線の他方の端部から形成された第3切目線(118KB)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第2切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第1突状部(116−1)と、第3切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第2突状部(116−2)を有する支持板部(118)と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第1折れ線の両側の部分における一方から第3折れ線(C21a)を介して連設された第1ポケット上部板部(120)と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第1折れ線の両側の部分における他方から第4折れ線(C21b)を介して連設された第2ポケット上部板部(122)と、支持板部のポケット前部後構成部側とは反対側の辺部から第5折れ線(C25)を介して連設され、第1ポケット上部板部の第3折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第6折れ線(C22a)を介して連設され、第2ポケット上部板部の第4折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第7折れ線(C22b)を介して連設され、第1側面部の外側の面側を正面側とした場合に、基部前板部の背面側の面に接着して設けられた基部後板部(124)と、を有し、第1折れ線と第2折れ線と第3折れ線と第4折れ線と第5折れ線と第6折れ線と第7折れ線は平行に形成され、第1切目線を切断する前の状態では、ポケット前部後構成部(113)と支持板部(118)と第1ポケット上部板部(120)と第2ポケット上部板部(122)と基部後板部(124)からなる領域は、基部前板部(110)とポケット前部前板部(112)からなる領域に対して、第1折れ線と第3折れ線と第4折れ線を介して折り返した状態であり、内側右側面部において、内側右側面部の一部が第1分離部(24)として第1分離部以外の部分である内側右側面部本体部(22)と切目線(24a)を介して分離可能に形成され、内側左側面部において、内側左側面部の一部が第2分離部(34)として第2分離部以外の部分である内側左側面部本体部(32)と切目線(34a)を介して分離可能に形成され、外箱部が、内箱部の外側の面に沿って設けられた外側スリーブ状部で、第1内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第1外箱部側面部(230)と、第2内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成さ
れた第2外箱部側面部(210)と、第3内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第3外箱部側面部(220)と、第4内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第4外箱部側面部(240)とを有し、外箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、互いに隣接する側面部が略直角をなす外側スリーブ状部(205)と、外側スリーブ状部の上端から折れ線を介して連設された蓋部と、を有し、内箱部における分離部が設けられた内箱部側面部である分離部形成内箱部側面部に対応した外箱部側面部に分離部が接着され、外箱部側面部における分離部が接着された領域を含む片部である回動片部(224、234)(外箱部側面部における分離部が接着された領域を含み切目線により形成された片部である回動片部(224、234)としてもよい)が分離部が接着された外箱部側面部の他の部分に対して回動可能に形成され、回動片部を外側に回動させることにより分離部と内箱部側面部本体部間の切目線が切断されて分離部が回動片部に接着した状態で内箱部から分離し、第1切目線を切断して、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部とからなるポケット前部(111)を正面側に引き出すことにより、支持板部を基部後板部に対して正面側に回動させるとともに、ポケット前部後構成部を支持板部に対して回動させ、ポケット前部後構成部が支持板部に対して回動することにより、第1突状部と第2突状部がポケット前部前板部の裏側の面を押した状態で、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定されて、第1側面部により構成され、支持板部を底面とする収納部が形成され、該収納部においては、基部(109)とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して配置(略平行に配置としてもよい)されることを特徴とする。
Eighth, the packaging box has an inner box portion (A) and an outer box portion (B), and the inner box portion stands up from each side of the bottom surface portion (50) and the bottom surface portion. An inner sleeve-shaped portion that is substantially perpendicular to the bottom surface portion, and is a first inner box portion side surface portion (30), a second inner box portion side surface portion (10), and a third inner box portion side surface portion (20). ) And an inner sleeve-shaped portion (5) having a fourth inner box portion side surface portion (40) and in a state where the inner box portion is assembled in a box shape, the side surface portions adjacent to each other are substantially perpendicular to each other. Then, in the two inner box side surface portions of the first inner box portion side surface portion, the second inner box portion side surface portion, the third inner box portion side surface portion, and the fourth inner box portion side surface portion, the inner box portion side surface portion A part is formed as a separating portion (24, 34) so as to be separable from the main body portion of the side surface portion of the inner box portion, which is a portion other than the separating portion on the side surface portion of the inner box portion, and the separating portion on the inner box portion is formed. The side surface portion (10) of the specific inner box portion, which is the side surface portion of the inner box portion other than the side surface portion of the inner box portion provided, is continuously provided from the bottom surface portion, and the side surface portion of the specific inner box portion is adjacent to the side surface portion of the inner box portion. The base front plate portion (110) adjacent to the portion, the pocket front front plate portion (112) connected to the upper side of the base front plate portion via the first cut line (110K), and the pocket front front plate. A pocket front rear component (113) that is continuously provided from the upper side, which is the side opposite to the base front plate side of the portion, via the first folding line (C21c) and is bonded to the pocket front front plate portion. And, the front part of the pocket and the rear part of the box are connected from the side opposite to the front plate part of the front part of the pocket via the second folding line (C24), and formed from one end of the second folding line. Adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via the second cut line (118KA) and with the front and rear components of the pocket via the third cut line (118KB) formed from the other end of the second fold line. It is adjacent and has a side portion along the second cut line, and has a first protruding portion (116-1) protruding toward the front and rear components of the pocket and a side portion along the third cut line. , A support plate portion (118) having a second protruding portion (116-2) protruding toward the front rear component of the pocket, and a side portion of the front front plate portion of the pocket opposite to the base front plate portion side. The first pocket upper plate portion (120) connected from one side of both sides of the first folding line via the third folding line (C21a) on the upper side, and the base front plate portion side of the pocket front front plate portion. The upper plate portion (122) of the second pocket and the pocket of the support plate portion, which are connected from the other on both sides of the first folding line via the fourth folding line (C21b) on the upper side, which is the opposite side of the first folding line. Is it the side opposite to the front and rear components? And are connected via the 5th folding line (C25), and are connected from the side of the 1st pocket upper plate portion opposite to the 3rd folding line via the 6th folding line (C22a), and are connected via the 6th folding line (C22a). It is connected from the side opposite to the 4th folding line of the portion via the 7th folding line (C22b), and when the outer surface side of the 1st side surface portion is the front side, the back side of the base front plate portion. It has a base rear plate portion (124) provided by adhering to the surface of the surface, and the first fold line, the second fold line, the third fold line, the fourth fold line, the fifth fold line, the sixth fold line, and the seventh fold line are In the state of being formed in parallel and before cutting the first cut line, the front part of the pocket, the rear part (113), the support plate part (118), the upper plate part of the first pocket (120), and the upper plate part of the second pocket. The region consisting of the base front plate portion (122) and the base rear plate portion (124) has a first folding line, a third folding line, and a fourth folding line with respect to the region consisting of the base front plate portion (110) and the pocket front front plate portion (112). It is in a state of being folded back through a folding line, and in the inner right surface portion, a part of the inner right surface portion is a portion other than the first separation portion as the first separation portion (24) and the inner right surface portion main body portion (22) and the cut line. In the inner left surface portion, a part of the inner left surface portion is formed as a second separation portion (34) and is separated from the inner left surface portion main body portion (32), which is a portion other than the second separation portion. The outer box portion is an outer sleeve-shaped portion that is separably formed via the cut line (34a) and is provided along the outer surface of the inner box portion, and is formed on the outer surface of the side surface portion of the first inner box portion. A first outer box portion side surface portion (230) formed along the first outer box portion side surface portion (230), a second outer box portion side surface portion (210) formed along the outer surface of the second inner box portion side surface portion, and a third inner box portion. The third outer box portion side surface portion (220) formed along the outer surface of the portion side surface portion, and the fourth outer box portion side surface portion (220) formed along the outer surface of the fourth inner box portion side surface portion. 240) and has, in the assembled state of the outer box portion in a box shape, through the outer sleeve-shaped portion (205) of the side surface portions adjacent to each other form a substantially right angle, a line from the upper end of the outer sleeve-shaped part continuous The separated portion is bonded to the outer box portion side surface portion corresponding to the separated portion formation inner box portion side surface portion which has the provided lid portion and the inner box portion side surface portion provided with the separated portion in the inner box portion. , Rotating piece portion (224, 234) which is a part including the region where the separated portion is adhered on the side surface portion of the outer box portion (is formed by a cut line including the region where the separated portion is adhered on the side surface portion of the outer box portion). The rotating piece (which may be the rotating piece (224, 234)) is rotatable with respect to the other part of the side surface of the outer box to which the separating part is adhered. By rotating the rotating piece part outward, the cut line between the separating part and the side surface part of the inner box part is cut, and the separated part is adhered to the rotating piece part from the inner box part. By separating, cutting the first cut line, and pulling out the pocket front part (111) including the pocket front part front plate part and the pocket front part rear component part to the front side, the support plate part is made into the base rear plate part. The first protrusion is caused by rotating the front part of the pocket with respect to the support plate part and rotating the front part of the pocket with respect to the support plate part while rotating the front part with respect to the support plate part. With the shaped portion and the second protruding portion pushing the back surface of the front front plate portion of the pocket, the rotation angle of the support plate portion with respect to the base rear plate portion is fixed, and the first side surface portion is formed. A storage portion having a support plate portion as the bottom surface is formed, and in the storage portion, the base portion (109) and the front portion of the pocket are arranged in the front-rear direction with a gap (may be arranged substantially in parallel). And.

第8の構成においては、外箱部を分離することにより内箱部に収納した被収納物を陳列することができ、被収納物を陳列する際に、ポケット前部を正面側に引き出す操作を行なうのみでポケットを形成できるので、操作が極めて容易である。特に、ポケットを形成するに際して、差込みや係止の操作がないので、ポケットを形成するための操作が容易となる。また、ポケットを展開した状態では、基部とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して略平行に配置されるので、前後方向に広く収納スペースを確保することができる。 In the eighth configuration, the stored items stored in the inner box part can be displayed by separating the outer box part, and when displaying the stored items, the operation of pulling out the front part of the pocket to the front side is performed. Since the pocket can be formed just by doing it, the operation is extremely easy. In particular, when forming the pocket, there is no operation of inserting or locking, so that the operation for forming the pocket becomes easy. Further, in the expanded state of the pocket, the base portion and the front portion of the pocket are arranged substantially parallel to each other with a gap in the front-rear direction, so that a wide storage space can be secured in the front-rear direction.

また、組み立てた状態の包装箱に上方から被収納物である商品を収納して、蓋部を閉じて封止するのみであるので、容易に商品の梱包作業を行うことができ、また、回動片部を外側に回動させて、分離部を内箱部から分離して外箱部を上方に引き上げるのみで陳列することができるので、商品の陳列作業を容易に行なうことができる。 In addition, since the product to be stored is stored in the assembled packaging box from above and the lid is closed and sealed, the product can be easily packed. Since the moving piece portion can be rotated outward, the separating portion can be separated from the inner box portion, and the outer box portion can be pulled upward, the product can be easily displayed.

また、第9には、上記第8の構成において、基部後板部の支持板部側とは反対側の辺部から折れ線を介して接着板部(126)が連設され、接着板部は、基部前板部から連設された底面部に接着されていることを特徴とする。 Further, in the ninth configuration, in the eighth configuration, the adhesive plate portion (126 ) is continuously provided from the side portion of the base rear plate portion opposite to the support plate portion side via the polygonal line, and the adhesive plate portion is formed. , It is characterized in that it is adhered to the bottom surface portion which is continuously provided from the base front plate portion.

よって、接着板部が底面部に接着されるので、基部後板部をより強固に固定させることができる。 Therefore, since the adhesive plate portion is adhered to the bottom surface portion, the base rear plate portion can be fixed more firmly.

また、第10には、上記第8又は第9の構成において、ポケット前部後構成部が、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後板部(114)と、ポケット前部後板部に折れ線(C23)を介して連設されるとともに、支持板部に該第2折れ線を介して連設された連結板部で、第1突状部と第2突状部の間の位置に設けられた連結板部(116)とを有し、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定された状態では、支持板部がポケット前部前板部に対して略直角をなし、連結板部は、ポケット前部後板部及び支持板部に対して傾斜した状態となることを特徴とする。 In addition, tenth, in the eighth or ninth configuration, the pocket front rear component is the pocket front rear plate portion (114) bonded to the pocket front front plate portion, and the pocket front rear. A connecting plate portion that is continuously provided to the plate portion via a polygonal line (C23) and is continuously provided to the support plate portion via the second folding line, and is between the first protruding portion and the second protruding portion. In a state where the support plate portion has a connecting plate portion (116) provided at a position and the rotation angle of the support plate portion with respect to the base rear plate portion is fixed, the support plate portion is substantially perpendicular to the pocket front front plate portion. The connecting plate portion is characterized in that it is inclined with respect to the front portion and the rear plate portion of the pocket and the support plate portion.

第10の構成によれば、連結板部が支持板部とポケット前部後板部に対して傾斜した状態となるので、支持板部がポケット前部前板部に対して略直角の状態にしやすくできる。 According to the tenth configuration, the connecting plate portion is in a state of being inclined with respect to the support plate portion and the pocket front front plate portion, so that the support plate portion is in a state of being substantially perpendicular to the pocket front front plate portion. It can be done easily.

また、第11には、上記第8から第10までのいずれかの構成において、支持板部は、第2切目線の第2折れ線側とは反対側の端部から連設されるとともに第5折れ線の一方の端部から連設された第4切目線(118Kc)を介して基部後板部と隣接するとともに、第3切目線の第2折れ線側とは反対側の端部から連設されるとともに第5折れ線の他方の端部から連設された第5切目線(118Kd)を介して基部後板部と隣接し、第1ポケット上部板部は、第3折れ線と直角をなす第6切目線(120K)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第2ポケット上部板部は、第4折れ線と直角をなす第7切目線(122K)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、基部後板部は、第6切目線の第6折れ線側の端部から第2切目線と第4切目線の接点まで形成された第8切目線(124Ka)と、第7切目線の第7折れ線側の端部から第3切目線と第5切目線の接点まで形成された第9切目線(124Kb)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接していることを特徴とする。 In addition, in the eleventh, in any of the eighth to tenth configurations, the support plate portion is continuously provided from the end portion of the second cut line opposite to the second polygonal line side and the fifth. Adjacent to the rear plate of the base via a fourth line (118 Kc) connected from one end of the polygonal line, and connected from the end opposite to the second polygonal line side of the third line. Along with this, the upper plate portion of the first pocket is adjacent to the rear plate portion of the base via the fifth cut line (118 Kd) connected from the other end of the fifth polygonal line, and the upper plate portion of the first pocket is perpendicular to the third polygonal line. Adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via the cut line (120K), the upper plate of the second pocket is connected to the front and rear components of the pocket via the seventh line (122K) perpendicular to the fourth polygonal line. Adjacent to each other, the base rear plate is the 8th cut line (124Ka) formed from the end of the 6th cut line on the 6th polygonal line side to the contact point between the 2nd cut line and the 4th cut line, and the 7th cut line. It is characterized in that it is adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via the 9th cut line (124 Kb) formed from the end on the 7th polygonal line side to the contact point between the 3rd cut line and the 5th cut line. ..

また、第12には、上記第11の構成において、第2切目線と第3切目線と第8切目線と第9切目線とが切断予定線により形成されていることを特徴とする。 The twelfth aspect is that, in the eleventh configuration, the second cut line, the third cut line, the eighth cut line, and the ninth cut line are formed by the planned cutting lines.

よって、第2切目線と第3切目線と第8切目線と第9切目線とが切断予定線により形成されているので、不用意に第1切目線が切断してしまった場合でも、支持板部が基部後板部に対して回動したり、ポケット前部後構成部に対して回動してしまうことがない。 Therefore, since the second cut line, the third cut line, the eighth cut line, and the ninth cut line are formed by the planned cutting lines, even if the first cut line is inadvertently cut, it is supported. The plate portion does not rotate with respect to the base rear plate portion or with respect to the pocket front rear component portion.

なお、第11又は第12の構成において、以下の構成としてもよい。すなわち、「第2切目線が、第2折れ線から第2折れ線の一方の端部側である第1方向にいくに従いポケット前部前板部の上辺側となるように形成された第2切目線第1構成部(118Ka−3)と、第2切目線第1構成部から連設され、第1折れ線と平行に形成された第2切目線第2構成部(118Ka−2)と、第2切目線第2構成部から連設され、第4切目線と第8切目線の接点にまで形成された第2切目線第3構成部(118Ka−1)とを有し、第3切目線が、第2折れ線から第2折れ線の他方の端部側である第2方向にいくに従いポケット前部前板部の上辺側となるように形成された第3切目線第1構成部(118Kb−3)と、第3切目線第1構成部から連設され、第1折れ線と平行に形成された第3切目線第2構成部(118Kb−2)と、第3切目線第2構成部から連設され、第5切目線と第9切目線の接点にまで形成された第3切目線第3構成部(118Kb−1)とを有することを特徴とする。」としてもよい。 In addition, in the eleventh or twelfth configuration, the following configuration may be used. That is, "the second cut line formed so that the second cut line becomes the upper side side of the front front plate portion of the pocket as it goes from the second polygonal line to the first direction which is one end side of the second polygonal line. The first component (118Ka-3), the second component (118Ka-2) of the second line, which is connected from the first component of the second cut line and formed parallel to the first polygonal line, and the second It has a second cut line third component (118Ka-1) that is connected from the second cut line and is formed up to the point of contact between the fourth cut line and the eighth cut line, and the third cut line is , The first component (118Kb-3) of the third cut line formed so as to be on the upper side of the front plate portion of the front part of the pocket as it goes from the second polygonal line to the other end side of the second polygonal line in the second direction. ), The second component of the third line (118Kb-2), which is connected from the first component of the third line and formed parallel to the first polygonal line, and the second component of the third line. It is characterized by having a third cut line third component (118 Kb-1) which is provided and formed up to the contact point between the fifth cut line and the ninth cut line. "

また、第13には、包装箱であって、内箱部(A)と、外箱部(B)とを有し、内箱部が、第1内箱部側面部(30)と第2内箱部側面部(10)と第3内箱部側面部(20)と第4内箱部側面部(40)と第4内箱部側面部から連設された内箱部糊代部とを有し、第1内箱部側面部、第2内箱部側面部、第3内箱部側面部、第4内箱部側面部、内箱部糊代部の順に連設され、内箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、互いに隣接する側面部が略直角をなす内側スリーブ状部で、第1内箱部側面部と第2内箱部側面部と第3内箱部側面部と第4内箱部側面部とにおける2つの内箱部側面部において、内箱部側面部の一部が分離部(24、34)として内箱部側面部における分離部以外の部分である内箱部側面部本体部と切目線を介して分離可能に形成された内側スリーブ状部(5)と、内側スリーブ状部の下端から連設された底面部で、第1内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された底面部第1片部(80)と、第2内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された底面部第2片部(60)と、第3内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された底面部第3片部(70)と、第4内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された底面部第4片部(90)とを有する底面部(50)と、を有し、外箱部が、第1内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第1外箱部側面部(230)と、第2内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第2外箱部側面部(210)と、第3内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第3外箱部側面部(220)と、第4内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第4外箱部側面部(240)と、第1外箱部側面部から連設された外箱部糊代部(242)とを有し、外箱部糊代部、第1外箱部側面部、第2外箱部
側面部、第3外箱部側面部、第4外箱部側面部の順に連設され、外箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、互いに隣接する側面部が略直角をなす外側スリーブ状部と、外側スリーブ状部の上端から折れ線を介して連設された蓋部とを有し、内箱部における分離部が設けられた内箱部側面部である分離部形成内箱部側面部に対応した外箱部側面部に分離部が接着され、外箱部側面部における分離部が接着された領域を含む片部である回動片部(224、234)(外箱部側面部における分離部が接着された領域を含み切目線により形成された片部である回動片部(224、234)としてもよい)が分離部が接着された外箱部側面部の他の部分に対して回動可能に形成され、回動片部を外側に回動させることにより分離部と内箱部側面部本体部間の切目線が切断されて分離部が回動片部に接着した状態で内箱部から分離する包装箱で、内箱部における分離部が設けられた内箱部側面部以外の内箱部側面部である特定内箱部側面部(10)が、底面部から連設されるとともに、第2側面部及び第3側面部と隣り合う基部前板部(110)と、基部前板部の上側に第1切目線(110K)を介して連設されたポケット前部前板部(112)と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺から第1折れ線(C21c)を介して連設され、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後構成部(113)と、ポケット前部後構成部のポケット前部前板部とは反対側の辺部から第2折れ線(C24)を介して連設されるとともに、第2折れ線の一方の端部から形成された第2切目線(118KA)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接するとともに、第2折れ線の他方の端部から形成された第3切目線(118KB)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第2切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第1突状部(116−1)と、第3切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第2突状部(116−2)を有する支持板部(118)と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第1折れ線の両側の部分における一方から第3折れ線(C21a)を介して連設された第1ポケット上部板部(120)と、ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第1折れ線の両側の部分における他方から第4折れ線(C21b)を介して連設された第2ポケット上部板部(122)と、支持板部のポケット前部後構成部側とは反対側の辺部から第5折れ線(C25)を介して連設され、第1ポケット上部板部の第3折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第6折れ線(C22a)を介して連設され、第2ポケット上部板部の第4折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第7折れ線(C22b)を介して連設され、第1側面部の外側の面側を正面側とした場合に、基部前板部の背面側に設けられた基部後板部(124)と、基部後板部の支持板部側とは反対側の辺部から第8折れ線(C26)を介して連設された接着板部で、基部前板部から連設された該底面部に接着された接着板部(126)と、を有し、第1折れ線と第2折れ線と第3折れ線と第4折れ線と第5折れ線と第6折れ線と第7折れ線は平行に形成され、第1切目線を切断する前の状態では、ポケット前部後構成部(113)と支持板部(118)と第1ポケット上部板部(120)と第2ポケット上部板部(122)と基部後板部(124)からなる領域は、基部前板部(110)とポケット前部前板部(112)からなる領域に対して、第1折れ線と第3折れ線と第4折れ線を介して折り返した状態であり、基部前板部と底面部間の折れ線と第1折れ線間の長さ(L11)が、第8折れ線と第1折れ線間の長さ(L12)と略同一に形成され、第1切目線を切断して、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部とからなるポケット前部(111)を正面側に引き出すことにより、支持板部を基部後板部に対して正面側に回動させるとともに、ポケット前部後構成部を支持板部に対して回動させ、ポケット前部後構成部が支持板部に対して回動することにより、第1突状部と第2突状部がポケット前部前板部の裏側の面を押した状態で、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定されて、第1側面部により構成され、支持板部を底面とする収納部が形成され、該収納部においては、基部(109)とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して配置(略平行に配置としてもよい)され、内箱部と外箱部とがそれぞれ1枚のブランクにより形成された包装箱の製造方法であって、展開状態の外箱部に展開状態の内箱部を接着する第1接着工程であって、第1外箱部側面部に第1内箱部側面部を重ね、第2外箱部側面部に第2内箱部側面部を重ね、第3外箱部側面部に第3内箱部側面部を重ね、第4外箱部側面部に
第4内箱部側面部を重ねた状態で、外箱部の回動片部と内箱部の分離部とを接着させ、外箱部に内箱部を接着した状態では、接着板部の少なくとも一部が外箱部に重ならない非重なり領域となる第1接着工程と、底面部第1片部と底面部第2片部と底面部第3片部と底面部第4片部の4つの片部において特定内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された片部と接着板部のいずれかと、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部のいずれかに接着剤を塗布した状態で、特定内箱部側面部において、接着板部の非重なり領域に係止用部材(300)を係止することにより、第1折れ線よりも接着板部側である先端側の領域を第1折れ線を介して折り返して、特定内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された片部と接着板部とを接着し、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部を接着する第2接着工程と、外箱部の第外箱部側面部を第外箱部側面部に対して折り返す折り返し工程と、外箱部糊代部と第外箱部側面部における外箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、内箱部糊代部と第内箱部側面部における内箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかとに接着剤を塗布した状態で、外箱部の第外箱部側面部を第外箱部側面部に対して折り返すことにより、外箱部糊代部と第外箱部側面部とを接着し、内箱部糊代部と第内箱部側面部とを接着する第3接着工程と、を有することを特徴とする。
The thirteenth is a packaging box, which has an inner box portion (A) and an outer box portion (B), and the inner box portions are the first inner box portion side surface portion (30) and the second. The side surface of the inner box (10), the side surface of the third inner box (20), the side surface of the fourth inner box (40), and the glue margin of the inner box connected from the side surface of the fourth inner box. The inner box is connected in the order of the first inner box side surface portion, the second inner box portion side surface portion, the third inner box portion side surface portion, the fourth inner box portion side surface portion, and the inner box portion glue margin portion. When the parts are assembled in a box shape, the side surfaces adjacent to each other are inner sleeve-shaped parts that are substantially perpendicular to each other, and the first inner box part side surface portion, the second inner box portion side surface portion, and the third inner box portion side surface portion. In the two inner box side surface portions with the fourth inner box side surface portion, a part of the inner box portion side surface portion is a part other than the separation portion on the inner box portion side surface portion as a separation portion (24, 34). The inner sleeve-shaped portion (5) formed so as to be separable from the main body portion of the side surface portion and the cut line, and the bottom surface portion connected from the lower end of the inner sleeve-shaped portion, and the lower side of the side surface portion of the first inner box portion. The first piece (80) of the bottom surface portion serially connected from, the second piece portion ( 60 ) of the bottom surface portion serially connected from the lower side of the side surface portion of the second inner box portion, and the lower side of the side surface portion of the third inner box portion. A bottom surface portion (50) having a bottom surface portion third piece portion (70) continuously provided from the above and a bottom surface portion fourth piece portion (90) continuously provided from the lower side of the side surface portion of the fourth inner box portion. The outer box portion has, along the outer surface of the first outer box portion side surface portion (230) formed along the outer surface of the first inner box portion side surface portion, and the outer surface of the second inner box portion side surface portion. The second outer box portion side surface portion (210) formed in the above direction, the third outer box portion side surface portion (220) formed along the outer surface of the third inner box portion side surface portion, and the fourth inner box portion. It has a fourth outer box portion side surface portion (240) formed along the outer surface of the side surface portion, and an outer box portion glue margin portion (242) continuously provided from the first outer box portion side surface portion. The outer box part glue margin part, the first outer box part side surface part, the second outer box part side surface part, the third outer box part side surface part, and the fourth outer box part side surface part are connected in this order, and the outer box part is box-shaped. In the assembled state, it has an outer sleeve-shaped portion in which the side surface portions adjacent to each other are substantially perpendicular to each other, and a lid portion connected from the upper end of the outer sleeve-shaped portion via a folding line, and is a separated portion in the inner box portion. Separation part formation which is the side surface part of the inner box part provided with the part including the region where the separation part is adhered to the side surface part of the outer box part corresponding to the side surface part of the inner box part and the separation part is adhered to the side surface part of the outer box part. It may be a rotating piece portion (224, 234) which is a portion (a rotating piece portion (224, 234) which is a piece formed by a cut line including a region where the separated portion on the side surface portion of the outer box portion is adhered. ) Is the outer box side to which the separation part is adhered It is formed so as to be rotatable with respect to other parts of the surface portion, and by rotating the rotating piece portion outward, the cut line between the separation portion and the side surface portion of the inner box portion is cut and the separation portion rotates. A packaging box that is separated from the inner box portion while being adhered to one part, and is a specific inner box portion side surface portion (10) that is an inner box portion side surface portion other than the inner box portion side surface portion provided with the separation portion in the inner box portion. Is connected from the bottom surface portion, and is connected to the base front plate portion (110) adjacent to the second side surface portion and the third side surface portion via the first cut line (110K) on the upper side of the base front plate portion. The front pocket front plate (112) and the front front plate of the pocket are connected from the upper side, which is the side opposite to the base front plate side, via the first folding line (C21c). The front pocket rear component (113) bonded to the front front plate of the pocket and the front rear component of the pocket from the side opposite to the front front plate of the pocket via the second folding line (C24). Adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via the second cut line (118KA) formed from one end of the second folding line, and formed from the other end of the second folding line. A first protruding portion that is adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via the third cut line (118KB), has a side portion along the second cut line, and protrudes toward the front and rear components of the pocket. (116-1), a support plate portion (118) having a side portion along the third cut line and having a second projecting portion (116-2) protruding toward the front portion and the rear component portion of the pocket. The upper part of the first pocket, which is the upper side of the front plate portion of the front portion of the pocket, which is the side opposite to the front plate portion side, and is connected from one of the two sides of the first folding line via the third folding line (C21a). The plate portion (120) and the upper side, which is the side portion opposite to the base front plate portion side of the pocket front front plate portion, are connected from the other side of the first folding line via the fourth folding line (C21b). The second pocket upper plate portion (122) and the side portion of the support plate portion opposite to the pocket front rear component side are connected via the fifth folding line (C25), and the upper portion of the first pocket is provided. It is connected from the side of the plate opposite to the 3rd fold line via the 6th fold line (C22a), and from the side of the upper plate of the 2nd pocket opposite to the 4th fold line to the 7th fold line (C22b). ), And when the outer surface side of the first side surface portion is the front side, the base rear plate portion (124) provided on the back side of the base front plate portion and the base rear plate portion An adhesive plate portion that is continuously provided from the side opposite to the support plate portion side via the eighth folding line (C26), and is bonded to the bottom surface portion that is continuously provided from the base front plate portion. It has a boarding portion (126), and the first fold line, the second fold line, the third fold line, the fourth fold line, the fifth fold line, the sixth fold line, and the seventh fold line are formed in parallel, and the first cut line is formed. In the state before cutting, the front pocket rear component (113), the support plate (118), the first pocket upper plate (120), the second pocket upper plate (122), and the base rear plate (124). ) Is a state in which the area consisting of the base front plate portion (110) and the pocket front front plate portion (112) is folded back via the first folding line, the third folding line, and the fourth folding line. The length between the fold line between the base front plate portion and the bottom surface portion and the first fold line (L11) is formed to be substantially the same as the length between the eighth fold line and the first fold line (L12), and the first cut line is cut. Then, by pulling out the pocket front portion (111) including the pocket front front plate portion and the pocket front rear component portion to the front side, the support plate portion is rotated to the front side with respect to the base rear plate portion. At the same time, the front and rear components of the pocket are rotated with respect to the support plate, and the front and rear components of the pocket are rotated with respect to the support plate, whereby the first protruding portion and the second protruding portion are formed. In a state where the back surface of the front plate portion of the front part of the pocket is pressed, the rotation angle of the support plate portion with respect to the base rear plate portion is fixed, and the storage portion is composed of the first side surface portion and has the support plate portion as the bottom surface. In the storage portion, the base portion (109) and the front portion of the pocket are arranged in the front-rear direction with a gap (may be arranged substantially in parallel), and one inner box portion and one outer box portion are provided. It is a method of manufacturing a packaging box formed by the blank, and is a first bonding step of adhering an inner box portion in an unfolded state to an outer box portion in an unfolded state, and a first inner in a side surface portion of the first outer box portion. The side surface of the box is overlapped, the side surface of the second inner box is overlapped with the side surface of the second outer box, the side surface of the third inner box is overlapped with the side surface of the third outer box, and the side surface of the fourth outer box is overlapped. In a state where the side surface portion of the fourth inner box portion is overlapped with, the rotating piece portion of the outer box portion and the separating portion of the inner box portion are bonded to each other, and when the inner box portion is bonded to the outer box portion, the adhesive plate portion is bonded. The first bonding step, which is a non-overlapping region where at least a part of the outer box does not overlap, and the first piece of the bottom surface, the second piece of the bottom surface, the third piece of the bottom surface, and the fourth piece of the bottom surface. Adhesive was applied to either one of the four pieces, which was connected from the lower side of the side surface of the specific inner box part and the adhesive plate part, and either the front part of the pocket and the rear part of the front part of the pocket. In this state, by locking the locking member (300) to the non-overlapping region of the adhesive plate portion on the side surface portion of the specific inner box portion, the region on the tip side, which is the adhesive plate portion side of the first folding line, is designated. 1 fold line A second bonding step in which one part connected from the lower side of the side surface of the specific inner box is bonded to the adhesive plate, and the front front plate of the pocket and the rear component of the front pocket are bonded together. And the folding process of folding back the side surface portion of the fourth outer box portion of the outer box portion with respect to the side surface portion of the third outer box portion, and the glue margin portion of the outer box portion and the glue margin portion of the outer box portion on the side surface portion of the outer box portion and the fourth outer box portion. With the adhesive applied to any of the areas where the adhesive is adhered and the area where the glue margin of the inner box and the glue margin of the inner box on the side surface of the first inner box are adhered, the outer box is the first. 1 By folding back the side surface portion of the outer box portion with respect to the side surface portion of the second outer box portion, the glue margin portion of the outer box portion and the side surface portion of the fourth outer box portion are adhered to each other, and the glue margin portion of the inner box portion and the first inner It is characterized by having a third bonding step of bonding the side surface portion of the box portion.

第13の構成においては、製造された包装箱において、外箱部を分離することにより内箱部に収納した被収納物を陳列することができ、被収納物を陳列する際に、ポケット前部を正面側に引き出す操作を行なうのみでポケットを形成できるので、操作が極めて容易である。特に、ポケットを形成するに際して、差込みや係止の操作がないので、ポケットを形成するための操作が容易となる。また、ポケットを展開した状態では、基部とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して略平行に配置されるので、前後方向に広く収納スペースを確保することができる。 In the thirteenth configuration, in the manufactured packaging box, the stored items stored in the inner box part can be displayed by separating the outer box part, and when the stored items are displayed, the front part of the pocket Since the pocket can be formed only by pulling out the front side, the operation is extremely easy. In particular, when forming the pocket, there is no operation of inserting or locking, so that the operation for forming the pocket becomes easy. Further, in the expanded state of the pocket, the base portion and the front portion of the pocket are arranged substantially parallel to each other with a gap in the front-rear direction, so that a wide storage space can be secured in the front-rear direction.

また、組み立てた状態の包装箱に上方から被収納物である商品を収納して、蓋部を閉じて封止するのみであるので、容易に商品の梱包作業を行うことができ、また、回動片部を外側に回動させて、分離部を内箱部から分離して外箱部を上方に引き上げるのみで陳列することができるので、商品の陳列作業を容易に行なうことができる。 In addition, since the product to be stored is stored in the assembled packaging box from above and the lid is closed and sealed, the product can be easily packed. Since the moving piece portion can be rotated outward, the separating portion can be separated from the inner box portion, and the outer box portion can be pulled upward, the product can be easily displayed.

また、第1接着工程においては、外箱部に内箱部を接着した状態では、接着板部の少なくとも一部が外箱部に重ならない非重なり領域となるので、第1折れ線よりも接着板部側である先端側の領域を第1折れ線を介して折り返す際に、容易に折り返すことができる。 Further, in the first bonding step, when the inner box portion is bonded to the outer box portion, at least a part of the adhesive plate portion is a non-overlapping region that does not overlap with the outer box portion, so that the adhesive plate is more than the first polygonal line. When the region on the tip side, which is the portion side, is folded back through the first polygonal line, it can be easily folded back.

なお、上記第10の構成における第2接着工程を「底面部第1片部と底面部第2片部と底面部第3片部と底面部第4片部の4つの片部において特定内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された片部と接着板部のいずれかと、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部のいずれかに接着剤を塗布した状態で、特定内箱部側面部において接着板部を先頭側とし基部前板部を後尾側として内箱部及び外箱部が搬送され、特定内箱部側面部において、第1折れ線よりも接着板部側である先端側の領域を接着板部の非重なり領域に係止用部材(300)を係止して、内箱部と外箱部が搬送されるとともに、係止用部材を搬送方向の側に回動させることにより、該先端側の領域を起立させ、その後、係止用部材を搬送方向の側への回動方向とは逆の回動方向に回動させることにより、該先端側の領域を第1折れ線を介して傾斜前板部に対して折り返して、特定内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された片部と接着板部とを接着し、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部を接着する第2接着工程」としてもよい。 In addition, the second bonding step in the tenth configuration is described as "a specific inner box in four pieces of a bottom part first piece, a bottom part second piece, a bottom part third piece, and a bottom part fourth piece. The side surface of the specific inner box part with the adhesive applied to either one of the one part and the adhesive plate part that are connected from the lower side of the side surface part of the part, and one of the front part of the pocket and the rear part of the front part of the pocket. The inner box portion and the outer box portion are conveyed with the adhesive plate portion as the head side and the base front plate portion as the tail side, and the front end side of the specific inner box portion side surface portion is closer to the adhesive plate portion than the first folding line. The locking member (300) is locked to the non-overlapping region of the adhesive plate portion so that the inner box portion and the outer box portion are conveyed and the locking member is rotated to the side in the conveying direction. By causing the region on the tip side to stand up and then rotating the locking member in a rotation direction opposite to the rotation direction toward the transport direction side, the region on the tip side is set to the first folding line. It is folded back to the inclined front plate portion via the above, and one part and the adhesive plate portion which are continuously provided from the lower side of the side surface portion of the specific inner box portion are adhered to each other, and the front front plate portion of the pocket and the rear component portion of the front portion of the pocket May be used as a "second bonding step".

また、第14には、上記第13の構成において、第2接着工程において、基部前板部と基部後板部のいずれかに接着剤を塗布した状態で、特定内箱部側面部において、第1折れ線よりも接着板部側である先端側の領域を第1折れ線を介して折り返して、基部前板部と基部後板部を接着することを特徴とする。 14th, in the thirteenth configuration, in the second bonding step, the adhesive is applied to either the base front plate portion or the base rear plate portion, and the side surface portion of the specific inner box portion is the fourth. It is characterized in that the region on the tip side, which is the adhesive plate portion side of the one folded line, is folded back via the first folded line to bond the base front plate portion and the base rear plate portion.

また、第15には、第13又は第14の構成において、製造される包装箱において、底面部が、ワンタッチ底により形成されていて、底面部第1片部と底面部第2片部のいずれか一方における他方の側の部分である第1端部領域(84)が折れ線を介して折曲げ可能であり、該第1端部領域が底面部第1片部と底面部第2片部の他方に接着され、底面部第3片部と底面部第4片部のいずれか一方における他方の側の部分である第2端部領域(74)が折れ線を介して折曲げ可能であり、該第2端部領域が底面部第3片部と底面部第4片部の他方に接着され、 折り返し工程において、内箱部の底面部を構成する底面部第片部と底面部第片部内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返されているとともに端部領域外側に折り返されている状態であり、かつ、第2端部領域と、底面部第3片部と底面部第4片部の他方における該第端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかに接着剤塗布された状態で、外箱部の第外箱部側面部を第外箱部側面部に対して折り返すことにより、第端部領域と、底面部第片部と底面部第片部の他方とを接着し、
接着工程において、内箱部の底面部を構成する底面部第片部と底面部第片部内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返されているとともに端部領域外側に折り返されている状態であり、かつ、端部領域と、底面部第1片部と底面部第片部の他方における該第端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかに接着剤塗布された状態で、外箱部の第外箱部側面部を第外箱部側面部に対して折り返すことにより、第端部領域と、底面部第片部と底面部第片部の他方とを接着することを特徴とする。
Fifteenth, in the packaging box manufactured in the thirteenth or fourteenth configuration, the bottom surface portion is formed by a one-touch bottom, and either the bottom surface portion first piece portion or the bottom surface portion second piece portion is formed. The first end region (84 ), which is a portion on the other side of one side, can be bent through a folding line, and the first end region is a bottom portion first piece portion and a bottom portion second piece portion. The second end region (74 ), which is adhered to the other and is the other side portion of either the third piece of the bottom surface portion or the fourth piece of the bottom surface portion, can be bent through the folding line. The second end region is adhered to the other of the third piece of the bottom surface portion and the fourth piece of the bottom surface portion, and in the folding process, the third piece of the bottom surface portion and the fourth piece of the bottom surface portion constituting the bottom surface portion of the inner box portion. parts is a state where the second end region with being returned folded against the inner sleeve-shaped portion is returned folded outward, and a second end region, the third arm portion bottom and the bottom portion fourth in the state where any crab adhesive agent is applied to the second end region is adhered region of the other arm portion, the fourth outer casing portion side of the outer box portion third outer box side surface portion By folding back, the second end region, the third piece of the bottom surface portion, and the other of the fourth piece portion of the bottom surface portion are adhered to each other.
In the third bonding process, the first end region with the second arm portion first arm portion bottom and bottom portion constituting a bottom portion of the inner box portion is returned folded against the inner sleeve-shaped portion is outwardly a state of being returned folded and adhered to one of the regions and the first end region, the first end region of the other first arm portion bottom and the bottom surface portion second arm portions to adhere in a state in which agent is applied, by folding the first outer box part side portion of the outer box portion relative to the second outer box side surface portion, a first end region, a first arm portion bottom and the bottom portion It is characterized in that it adheres to the other of the second piece.

また、第16には、上記第13から第15までのいずれかの構成において、蓋部が、第1外箱部側面部の上辺から連設された第1蓋部片部(280)と、第2外箱部側面部の上辺から連設された第2蓋部片部(260)と、第3外箱部側面部の上辺から連設された第3蓋部片部(270)と、第4外箱部側面部の上辺から連設された第4蓋部片部(290)とを有し、第1接着工程で、外箱部に内箱部を接着した際に、接着板部における一部の領域は、第1蓋部片部と第2蓋部片部と第3蓋部片部と第4蓋部片部において、第1外箱部側面部と第2外箱部側面部と第3外箱部側面部と第4外箱部側面部の4つの外箱部側面部の中で特定内箱部側面部に対応する外箱部側面部(210)から連設された蓋部片部である特定蓋部片部(260)と重なり、接着板部の他の領域は、該特定蓋部片部とは重ならないことを特徴とする。 Further, in the 16th , in any of the 13th to 15th configurations, the lid portion is connected to the first lid portion piece portion (280 ) which is continuously provided from the upper side of the side surface portion of the first outer box portion. A second lid piece (260 ) connected from the upper side of the side surface of the second outer box, and a third lid piece (270 ) connected from the upper side of the side surface of the third outer box. It has a fourth lid portion (290) that is continuously provided from the upper side of the side surface portion of the fourth outer box portion, and when the inner box portion is bonded to the outer box portion in the first bonding step, the adhesive plate portion is provided. In the first lid part piece, the second lid part piece, the third lid part piece, and the fourth lid part piece, the first lid portion side portion and the second outer box portion side surface portion Among the four outer box side surfaces of the portion, the third outer box portion side surface portion, and the fourth outer box portion side surface portion, the outer box portion side surface portion (210) corresponding to the specific inner box portion side surface portion is continuously provided. It is characterized in that it overlaps with the specific lid portion piece (260), which is a lid portion piece portion, and the other region of the adhesive plate portion does not overlap with the specific lid portion piece portion.

また、第17構成として、以下の構成としてもよい。すなわち、上記第13から第16までのいずれかの構成において、上記第1接着工程において、外側スリーブ状部の下端と内側スリーブ状部の下端とを略一致させることを特徴とする。よって、包装箱の状態で外箱部内に内箱部が収納され、内箱部が外箱部の下方から見えることがないので、包装箱の見栄えがよくなる。
Further, as the 17th configuration, the following configuration may be used. That is, in any of the thirteenth to sixteenth configurations, in the first bonding step, the lower end of the outer sleeve-shaped portion and the lower end of the inner sleeve-shaped portion are substantially coincident with each other. Therefore, the inner box portion is housed in the outer box portion in the state of the packaging box, and the inner box portion is not visible from below the outer box portion, so that the appearance of the packaging box is improved.

本発明に基づく箱体、包装箱及び包装箱の製造方法によれば、ポケット前部を正面側に引き出す操作を行なうのみでポケットを形成できるので、操作が極めて容易である。特に、ポケットを形成するに際して、差込みや係止の操作がないので、ポケットを形成するための操作が容易となる。また、ポケットを展開した状態では、基部とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して略平行に配置されるので、前後方向に広く収納スペースを確保することができる。
また、特に、包装箱の製造方法によれば、第1接着工程においては、外箱部に内箱部を接着した状態では、接着板部の少なくとも一部が外箱部に重ならない非重なり領域となるので、第1折れ線よりも接着板部側である先端側の領域を第1折れ線を介して折り返す際に、容易に折り返すことができる。
According to the box body, the packaging box, and the method for manufacturing the packaging box based on the present invention, the pocket can be formed only by pulling out the front portion of the pocket to the front side, so that the operation is extremely easy. In particular, when forming the pocket, there is no operation of inserting or locking, so that the operation for forming the pocket becomes easy. Further, in the expanded state of the pocket, the base portion and the front portion of the pocket are arranged substantially parallel to each other with a gap in the front-rear direction, so that a wide storage space can be secured in the front-rear direction.
Further, in particular, according to the method for manufacturing a packaging box, in the first bonding step, when the inner box portion is bonded to the outer box portion, at least a part of the adhesive plate portion does not overlap with the outer box portion. Therefore, when the region on the tip end side, which is closer to the adhesive plate portion than the first folding line, is folded back through the first folding line, it can be easily folded back.

包装箱の前方斜視図である。It is a front perspective view of a packaging box. 包装箱の後方斜視図である。It is a rear perspective view of a packaging box. 包装箱の底面図である。It is a bottom view of a packaging box. 包装箱の内箱部の構成を示す前方斜視図である。It is a front perspective view which shows the structure of the inner box part of a packaging box. 包装箱における内箱部の展開図である。It is a development view of the inner box part in a packaging box. 図5の要部拡大図である。It is an enlarged view of the main part of FIG. 包装箱における外箱部の展開図である。It is a development view of the outer box part in a packaging box. 包装箱の製造工程を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the manufacturing process of a packaging box. 包装箱の製造工程を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the manufacturing process of a packaging box. 包装箱の製造工程を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the manufacturing process of a packaging box. 包装箱の製造工程を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the manufacturing process of a packaging box. 包装箱の製造工程を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the manufacturing process of a packaging box. 包装箱の製造工程を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the manufacturing process of a packaging box. 包装箱の使用状態を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the use state of a packaging box. 包装箱の使用状態を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the use state of a packaging box. 包装箱の使用状態を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the use state of a packaging box. 包装箱の使用状態を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the use state of a packaging box. ポケットを展開状態にする工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the process of making a pocket open state. ポケットを展開状態にする工程を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the process of making a pocket open state. ポケットを展開状態にする工程を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the process of making a pocket open state. ポケットを展開状態にした状態を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the state which the pocket is in the expanded state. ポケットを展開状態にした状態を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the state which the pocket is in the expanded state. ポケットを展開状態にした状態を示す底面図である。It is a bottom view which shows the state which the pocket is in the expanded state. 正面部の他の例を示す展開図である。It is a development view which shows the other example of the front part.

本発明においては、側面の一部を収納部として使用できる箱体において、ある部材を他の部材に挿通させる操作やある部材を他の部材に係合させる操作が必要なく、収納部を構成するための操作が容易であり、かつ、前後方向に広い収納スペースを確保することができる箱体を提供するという目的を以下のようにして実現した。 In the present invention, in a box body in which a part of a side surface can be used as a storage portion, the storage portion is configured without the need for an operation of inserting a certain member into another member or an operation of engaging a certain member with another member. The purpose of providing a box body that is easy to operate and can secure a large storage space in the front-rear direction has been realized as follows.

本発明に基づく実施例1の包装箱Pは、図1〜図7等に示すように構成され、内箱部Aと、外箱部Bとを有していて、内箱部Aと外箱部Bのそれぞれが1枚のシート状のブランク(具体的には段ボール(特に、両面段ボール)であり、厚紙等でもよい)により形成されている。なお、両面段ボールにおける中芯の段の方向は、図5、図7に示す円内に示す方向(スリーブ状部5、205の下辺に対して直角の方向)である。 The packaging box P of the first embodiment based on the present invention is configured as shown in FIGS. 1 to 7, and has an inner box portion A and an outer box portion B, and has an inner box portion A and an outer box. Each part B is formed of a single sheet-shaped blank (specifically, corrugated cardboard (particularly, double-sided corrugated cardboard), which may be thick paper or the like). The direction of the core step in the double-sided corrugated cardboard is the direction shown in the circle shown in FIGS. 5 and 7 (the direction perpendicular to the lower side of the sleeve-shaped portions 5 and 205).

内箱部(箱体)Aは、全体に上部が開口した容器状を呈し、図4、図6等に示すように、スリーブ状部(内側スリーブ状部、側面構成部)5と、底面部50とを有している。スリーブ状部5は、組立て状態では、底面部50の周囲から立設して形成され、正面部(内側正面部、第1側面部、特定内箱部側面部)10と、側面部(内側右側面部、第2側面部)20と、側面部(内側左側面部、第3側面部)30と、背面部(内側背面部)40と、糊代部49とを有していて、その展開状態は、図5に示すように形成されている。 The inner box portion (box body) A has a container shape with an open upper portion as a whole, and as shown in FIGS. 4 and 6, a sleeve-shaped portion (inner sleeve-shaped portion, side component portion) 5 and a bottom surface portion. Has 50 and. In the assembled state, the sleeve-shaped portion 5 is formed upright from the periphery of the bottom surface portion 50, and has a front portion (inner front portion, first side surface portion, specific inner box portion side surface portion) 10 and a side surface portion (inner right side). It has a face portion (second side surface portion) 20, a side surface portion (inner left side surface portion, third side surface portion) 30, a back surface portion (inner back surface portion) 40, and a glue margin portion 49, and the deployed state thereof is , Is formed as shown in FIG.

ここで、正面部10は、図4に示すように、全体に略方形状を呈し、具体的には、図6に示すように、正面部10の前側を構成する前側構成部10−1と、正面部10の後側を構成する後側構成部10−2と、接着板部126とを有している。 Here, as shown in FIG. 4, the front portion 10 has a substantially rectangular shape as a whole, and specifically, as shown in FIG. 6, the front portion 10-1 constituting the front side of the front portion 10 It has a rear side component portion 10-2 that constitutes the rear side of the front surface portion 10, and an adhesive plate portion 126.

すなわち、正面部10は、図6に示すように、正面前板部(基部前板部)110と、正面前板部110の上側に切目線(第1切目線)110Kを介して連設されたポケット前部前板部112と、ポケット前部前板部112の正面前板部110とは反対側の辺部から折れ線(第1折れ線)C21cを介して連設されたポケット前部後板部114と、ポケット前部後板部114のポケット前部前板部112とは反対側(ポケット前部前板部112との連設側とは反対側)の辺部から折れ線C23を介して連設された連結板部116と、連結板部116のポケット前部後板部114とは反対側の辺部から折れ線(第2折れ線)C24を介して連設されるとともに、切目線118Ka−3、118Kc−3を介して連結板部116と隣接し、切目線118Ka、118Kbを介して連設された支持板部118と、ポケット前部前板部112の正面前板部110とは反対側の辺部から折れ線(第3折れ線)C21aを介して連設されたポケット上部左板部(第1ポケット上部板部)120と、ポケット前部前板部112の正面前板部110とは反対側の辺部から折れ線(第4折れ線)C21bを介して連設されたポケット上部右板部(第2ポケット上部板部)122と、支持板部118のポケット前部後板部114とは反対側の辺部から折れ線(第5折れ線)C25を介して連設され、ポケット上部左板部120のポケット前部前板部112とは反対側(ポケット前部前板部112との連設側とは反対側)の辺部から折れ線(第6折れ線)C22aを介して連設され、ポケット上部右板部122のポケット前部前板部112とは反対側(ポケット前部前板部112との連設側とは反対側)の辺部から折れ線(第7折れ線)C22bを介して連設されるとともに、ポケット前部後板部114と切目線124Ka、124Kbを介して連設され、支持板部118と切目線118Kc、118Kdを介して隣接した正面後板部(基部後板部)124と、正面後板部124のポケット上部左板部120及びポケット上部右板部122から折れ線(第8折れ線)C26を介して連設された接着板部126と、を有し、前側構成部10−1は、正面前板部110と、ポケット前部前板部112とを有し、後側構成部10−2は、ポケット前部後板部114と、連結板部116と、支持板部118と、ポケット上部左板部120と、ポケット上部右板部122と、正面後板部124とを有している。内箱部Aにおいては、正面部10の外側の面側が正面側となる。 That is, as shown in FIG. 6, the front portion 10 is connected to the front front plate portion (base front plate portion) 110 and above the front front plate portion 110 via a cut line (first cut line) 110K. The front rear plate of the pocket is connected from the front front plate 112 of the pocket and the side of the front front plate 112 of the pocket opposite to the front front plate 110 via a polygonal line (first polygonal line) C21c. From the side of the portion 114 and the side of the pocket front rear plate portion 114 opposite to the pocket front front plate portion 112 (the side opposite to the side connected to the pocket front front plate portion 112) via the polygonal line C23. A series of connecting plate portions 116 and a side portion of the connecting plate portion 116 opposite to the pocket front rear plate portion 114 are connected via a polygonal line (second polygonal line) C24, and a cut line 118Ka- 3. The support plate portion 118 adjacent to the connecting plate portion 116 via 118Kc-3 and continuously provided via the cut lines 118Ka and 118Kb and the front front plate portion 110 of the pocket front front plate portion 112 are opposite to each other. What is the upper left plate portion (first pocket upper plate portion) 120 of the pocket and the front front plate portion 110 of the front front plate portion 112 of the pocket, which are continuously connected from the side side portion via the polygonal line (third polygonal line) C21a? What is the pocket upper right plate portion (second pocket upper plate portion) 122 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114 of the support plate portion 118 that are continuously provided from the opposite side via the polygonal line (fourth polygonal line) C21b? It is connected from the opposite side via a polygonal line (fifth polygonal line) C25, and is connected to the pocket front left plate 120 on the opposite side of the pocket front front plate 112 (to the pocket front front plate 112). It is connected from the side of the side (opposite to the side) via a polygonal line (sixth polygonal line) C22a, and is opposite to the front front plate 112 of the pocket upper right plate 122 (front front plate 112 of the pocket). It is connected from the side of the side (opposite to the side opposite to the side) via the polygonal line (7th polygonal line) C22b, and is also connected to the front pocket rear plate 114 via the cut lines 124Ka and 124Kb. A polygonal line (fold line) from the front rear plate (base rear plate) 124 adjacent to the support plate 118 via the cut lines 118Kc and 118Kd, the pocket upper left plate 120 and the pocket upper right plate 122 of the front rear plate 124. 8th polygonal line) It has an adhesive plate portion 126 that is continuously provided via C26, and the front side component portion 10-1 has a front front plate portion 110 and a pocket front front plate portion 112, and has a rear. The side constituents 10-2 include a pocket front rear plate 114, a connecting plate 116, a support plate 118, a pocket upper left plate 120, and a pocket upper right plate. It has a portion 122 and a front rear plate portion 124. In the inner box portion A, the outer surface side of the front portion 10 is the front side.

ポケット前部前板部112は、ポケット前部後板部114に接着され、正面後板部124は、正面前板部110に接着され、接着板部126は、第1片部60に接着されている。このように接着した状態では、後側構成部10−2は、ポケット前部前板部112に対して折れ線C21a、C21b、C21cを介して折り返した状態となっている。 The pocket front front plate portion 112 is adhered to the pocket front rear plate portion 114, the front rear plate portion 124 is adhered to the front front plate portion 110, and the adhesive plate portion 126 is adhered to the first piece portion 60. ing. In the state of being adhered in this way, the rear side constituent portion 10-2 is in a state of being folded back with respect to the pocket front front plate portion 112 via the polygonal lines C21a, C21b, and C21c.

ポケット前部前板部112とポケット前部後板部114とで、ポケット前部111が構成され、正面前板部110と正面後板部124とで、下正面部109が構成される。 The pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114 form the pocket front portion 111, and the front front plate portion 110 and the front rear plate portion 124 form the lower front plate portion 109.

なお、ポケット前部111を正面側にスライドさせてポケットを形成する際に、突状部118−1、118−2(後述)の先端がポケット前部前板部112の裏面に接触して該裏面を押すことにより、ポケット前部前板部112とポケット前部後板部114間に隙間が形成されて、ポケット前部前板部112とポケット前部後板部114とが角度を介して開いた状態となるように、接着剤を塗布する領域は、ポケット前部後板部112において、左右方向において、突状部118−1、118−2間の領域R1(左右方向において、折れ線C23の一方の端部から他方の端部までの領域)とする。つまり、左右方向において、突状部118−1の領域や突状部118−2の領域にまで接着剤を塗布すると、特に、突状部118−1、118−2に近い領域が接着されている場合には、突状部118−1、118−2の先端がポケット前部前板部112の裏面を押して、ポケット前部前板部112とポケット前部後板部114間に隙間を形成することができない。 When the pocket front portion 111 is slid toward the front side to form the pocket, the tips of the protruding portions 118-1 and 118-2 (described later) come into contact with the back surface of the pocket front portion front plate portion 112. By pressing the back surface, a gap is formed between the pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114, and the pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114 are formed via an angle. The region to which the adhesive is applied so as to be in the open state is the region R1 between the protruding portions 118-1 and 118-2 in the left-right direction in the front rear plate portion 112 of the pocket (the polygonal line C23 in the left-right direction). The area from one end to the other end). That is, when the adhesive is applied to the region of the protruding portion 118-1 and the region of the protruding portion 118-2 in the left-right direction, the regions close to the protruding portions 118-1 and 118-2 are particularly adhered. If so, the tips of the protruding portions 118-1 and 118-2 push the back surface of the pocket front front plate portion 112 to form a gap between the pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114. Can not do it.

なお、突状部118−1、118−2がポケット前部前板部112を確実に押すことができるように、傾斜後板部114の折れ線C22に沿った辺部付近も接着するのが好ましい。 It is preferable that the protrusions 118-1 and 118-2 also adhere to the vicinity of the side portion of the inclined rear plate portion 114 along the polygonal line C22 so that the front plate portion 112 at the front of the pocket can be reliably pushed. ..

なお、接着剤を塗布する領域をポケット前部前板部112の代わりに、ポケット前部後板部114としてもよい。その場合も、左右方向において、突状部118−1、118−2間の領域とする。 The area to which the adhesive is applied may be the pocket front rear plate portion 114 instead of the pocket front front plate portion 112. Also in that case, the region is set between the protruding portions 118-1 and 118-2 in the left-right direction.

ここで、正面前板部110は、横長長方形状の上側が窪んだ略凹状を呈し、左側面側の辺部は、折れ線C1を介して側面部30から連設され、右側面側の辺部は、折れ線C2を介して側面部20から連設され、底面側の辺部は、第1片部60と折れ線C5を介して連設されている。また、正面前板部110の上辺は、側面部30の上辺から連設された辺部110aと、側面部20の上辺から連設された辺部110bと、辺部110aの右側面側の端部から辺部110bの左側面側の端部まで切目線110K及び開口部10haに沿って形成された辺部とを有している。 Here, the front front plate portion 110 has a substantially concave shape in which the upper side is recessed in a horizontally long rectangular shape, and the side portion on the left side surface side is continuously provided from the side surface portion 30 via the polygonal line C1 and the side portion on the right side surface side. Is connected from the side surface portion 20 via the polygonal line C2, and the side portion on the bottom surface side is connected with the first piece portion 60 via the polygonal line C5. Further, the upper side of the front front plate portion 110 is a side portion 110a continuously provided from the upper side of the side surface portion 30, a side portion 110b continuously provided from the upper side of the side surface portion 20, and an end on the right side surface side of the side portion 110a. It has a cut line 110K and a side portion formed along the opening 10ha from the portion to the end portion on the left side surface side of the side portion 110b.

切目線110Kは、水平方向(折れ線C5と平行な方向)に形成され、辺部110a、110bよりも下側に設けられた切目線110Kaと、切目線110Kaの左側面側の端部から辺部110aの右側面側の端部まで形成された切目線110Kbと、切目線110Kaの右側面側の端部から辺部110bの左側面側の端部まで形成された切目線110Kcとを有し、切目線110Kbは、辺部110aから連設された略円弧状の切目線110Kb−1と、切目線110Kb−1から連設された直線状の切目線110Kb−2と、切目線110Kb−2から連設され、切目線110Kaまで形成された略円弧状の切目線110Kb−3とを有し、切目線110Kcは、辺部110bから連設された略円弧状の切目線110Kc−1と、切目線110Kc−1から連設された直線状の切目線110Kc−2と、切目線110Kc−2から連設され、切目線110Kaまで形成された略円弧状の切目線110Kc−3とを有している。切目線110Kは、全体として、複数の切込みが間隔を介して形成された切断予定線により形成されている。 The cut line 110K is formed in the horizontal direction (direction parallel to the polygonal line C5), and the cut line 110Ka provided below the side portions 110a and 110b and the cut line 110Ka from the end to the side portion on the left side surface side. It has a cut line 110Kb formed to the end on the right side of the cut line 110a and a cut line 110Kc formed from the end on the right side of the cut line 110Ka to the end on the left side of the side 110b. The cut line 110Kb is formed from a substantially arc-shaped cut line 110Kb-1 connected from the side portion 110a, a linear cut line 110Kb-2 connected from the cut line 110Kb-1, and a cut line 110Kb-2. It has a substantially arc-shaped cut line 110Kb-3 which is continuously provided and formed up to a cut line 110Ka, and the cut line 110Kc has a substantially arc-shaped cut line 110Kc-1 which is continuously provided from a side portion 110b and a cut. It has a linear cut line 110Kc-2 connected from the line of sight 110Kc-1 and a substantially arc-shaped cut line 110Kc-3 connected from the cut line 110Kc-2 and formed up to the cut line 110Ka. There is. The cut line 110K is formed by a cut line in which a plurality of cuts are formed through intervals as a whole.

なお、正面前板部110には、円形の一部からなる切欠部10haが設けられ、この切欠部10haの円弧状の辺部は、正面部10を折れ線C21a、C21b、C21cを介して折り返した状態で、開口部10hbと重なる位置に設けられている。つまり、切欠部10haが形成されている箇所では、正面前板部112には、切目線110Kの右側面側の端部と切目線110Kc−3の代わりに、切欠部10haに沿った辺部が形成されていて、切欠部10haは、ポケット前部前板部112と接している。 The front front plate portion 110 is provided with a notch portion 10ha formed of a circular part, and the arcuate side portion of the notch portion 10ha is folded back from the front portion 10 via the polygonal lines C21a, C21b, and C21c. In the state, it is provided at a position overlapping the opening 10hb. That is, in the place where the cutout portion 10ha is formed, the front front plate portion 112 has an end portion on the right side surface side of the cutout line 110K and a side portion along the cutout portion 10ha instead of the cutout line 110Kc-3. The notch portion 10ha is formed and is in contact with the pocket front front plate portion 112.

また、ポケット前部前板部112は、左右両側には、水平方向に対して直角な直線状の辺部112a、112bを有するとともに、底面側には、切目線110Kに沿った辺部を有し、上面側には、辺部112aから連設された折れ線C21aと辺部112bから連設された折れ線C21bと折れ線C21aと折れ線C21b間の折れ線C21cに沿った辺部とを有している。折れ線C21a、C21b、C21cに沿った辺部は、1つの直線状の辺部を呈している。折れ線C21a、C21b、C21cは、水平方向(折れ線C5の方向)に形成されている。 Further, the pocket front front plate portion 112 has linear side portions 112a and 112b perpendicular to the horizontal direction on both the left and right sides, and has side portions along the cut line 110K on the bottom surface side. On the upper surface side, there are a polygonal line C21a continuously connected from the side portion 112a, a polygonal line C21b continuously provided from the side portion 112b, a polygonal line C21a, and a side portion along the polygonal line C21c between the polygonal line C21b. The side portion along the polygonal lines C21a, C21b, and C21c exhibits one linear side portion. The polygonal lines C21a, C21b, and C21c are formed in the horizontal direction (direction of the polygonal line C5).

また、ポケット前部後板部114は、左右両側には、切目線(第6切目線)120Kに沿った辺部と切目線(第7切目線)122Kに沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部前板部112側には、折れ線C21cに沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部前板部112側とは反対側には、切目線(第8切目線)124Kaと切目線118Kaと折れ線C23と切目線118Kbと切目線(第9切目線)124Kbに沿った辺部を有している。 Further, the pocket front rear plate portion 114 has a side portion along the cut line (sixth cut line) 120K and a side portion along the cut line (seventh cut line) 122K on both the left and right sides. The front front plate portion 112 side has a side portion along the polygonal line C21c, and the side opposite to the pocket front front plate portion 112 side has a cut line (8th cut line) 124Ka and a cut line 118Ka. It has a polygonal line C23, a cut line 118 Kb, and a side portion along the cut line (9th cut line) 124 Kb.

ここで、切目線120K、122Kは、折れ線C21cに対して直角に直線状に形成され、連続した切込みにより形成されている。また、切目線124Kaは、切目線120Kから連設され、切目線120Kに対して直角に直線状に形成され、折れ線C22aの延長線上に形成されている。また、切目線118Kaは、切目線118Ka−1と切目線118Ka−2とを有し、切目線118Ka−1は、切目線124Kaの右側面側の端部から切目線124Kaに対して鈍角に形成され、折れ線C21c側にいくほど右側面側となるように水平方向に対して傾斜して直線状に形成されている。また、切目線118Ka−2は、切目線118Kaの右側面側の端部から連設され、水平方向に形成されている。また、折れ線C23は、切目線118Ka−2の右側面側の端部から水平方向に(つまり、切目線118Ka−2の延長線上に)直線状に形成されている。また、切目線118Kb−2は、折れ線C23の右側面側の端部から水平方向に(つまり、折れ線C23の延長線上に)直線状に形成されている。また、切目線118Kb−1は、切目線118Kb−2の右側面側の端部から連設され、折れ線C21c側とは反対側にいくほど右側面側となるように水平方向に対して傾斜して直線状に形成されている。また、切目線124Kbは、切目線118Kb−1から連設され、水平方向に形成され、折れ線C22bの延長線状に形成されている。切目線122Kは、切目線124Kbの右側面側の端部から連設されている。 Here, the cut lines 120K and 122K are formed in a straight line at right angles to the polygonal line C21c, and are formed by continuous cuts. Further, the cut line 124Ka is continuously provided from the cut line 120K, is formed in a straight line at a right angle to the cut line 120K, and is formed on an extension line of the polygonal line C22a. Further, the cut line 118Ka has a cut line 118Ka-1 and a cut line 118Ka-2, and the cut line 118Ka-1 is formed at an obtuse angle with respect to the cut line 124Ka from the end on the right side surface side of the cut line 124Ka. It is formed in a straight line so as to be inclined with respect to the horizontal direction so as to be closer to the right side of the polygonal line C21c. Further, the cut line 118Ka-2 is continuously provided from the end portion on the right side surface side of the cut line 118Ka and is formed in the horizontal direction. Further, the polygonal line C23 is formed in a straight line in the horizontal direction (that is, on an extension line of the cut line 118Ka-2) from the end portion on the right side surface side of the cut line 118Ka-2. Further, the cut line 118Kb-2 is formed in a straight line in the horizontal direction (that is, on an extension line of the polygonal line C23) from the end portion on the right side surface side of the polygonal line C23. Further, the cut line 118Kb-1 is continuously provided from the end of the cut line 118Kb-2 on the right side surface side, and is inclined in the horizontal direction so as to be on the right side side toward the side opposite to the polygonal line C21c side. It is formed in a straight line. Further, the cut line 124Kb is continuously provided from the cut line 118Kb-1, is formed in the horizontal direction, and is formed as an extension of the polygonal line C22b. The cut line 122K is continuously provided from the end on the right side of the cut line 124Kb.

また、連結板部116は、台形形状を呈し、折れ線C23に沿った辺部と、折れ線C23の左側面側の端部から連設された直線状の切目線118Ka−3に沿った辺部と、折れ線C23の右側面側の端部から連設された直線状の切目線118Kb−3に沿った辺部と、折れ線C24に沿った辺部を有している。 Further, the connecting plate portion 116 has a trapezoidal shape, and has a side portion along the polygonal line C23 and a side portion along the linear cut line 118Ka-3 which is continuously provided from the end portion on the left side surface side of the polygonal line C23. It has a side portion along a linear cut line 118Kb-3 continuously provided from an end portion on the right side surface side of the polygonal line C23, and a side portion along the polygonal line C24.

ここで、切目線118Ka−3と切目線118Kb−3は、水平方向に対して傾斜して形成され、折れ線C23から折れ線C24側にいくに従い、切目線118Ka−3と切目線118Kb−3間の距離が短くなるようなテーパ状に形成されている。折れ線C24の左側面側の端部は、切目線118Ka−3に接し、右側面側の端部は、切目線118Kb−3に接している。折れ線C23、C24は、水平方向に形成されている。 Here, the cut line 118Ka-3 and the cut line 118Kb-3 are formed so as to be inclined with respect to the horizontal direction, and are formed between the cut line 118Ka-3 and the cut line 118Kb-3 as they go from the polygonal line C23 toward the polygonal line C24. It is formed in a tapered shape so as to shorten the distance. The end on the left side of the polygonal line C24 is in contact with the cut line 118Ka-3, and the end on the right side is in contact with the cut line 118Kb-3. The polygonal lines C23 and C24 are formed in the horizontal direction.

なお、ポケット前部後板部114と連結板部116とで、ポケット前部後構成部113構成される。 The pocket front rear plate portion 114 and the connecting plate portion 116 form a pocket front rear configuration portion 113.

また、支持板部118は、ポケットを展開状態とした際に、ポケット前部111を支持するものであり、連結板部116の折れ線C23に沿った辺部を除く辺部に沿った辺部(つまり、切目線118Ka−3と折れ線C24と切目線118Kb−3に沿った辺部)と、切目線118Kaに沿った辺部と、切目線118Kbに沿った辺部と、切目線(第4切目線)118Kcに沿った辺部と、切目線(第5切目線)118Kdに沿った辺部と、折れ線C25に沿った辺部を有している。 Further, the support plate portion 118 supports the front portion 111 of the pocket when the pocket is in the expanded state, and the side portion along the side portion (excluding the side portion along the polygonal line C23 of the connecting plate portion 116). That is, the cut line 118Ka-3, the polygonal line C24, and the side along the cut line 118Kb-3), the side along the cut line 118Ka, the side along the cut line 118Kb, and the cut line (fourth cut). It has a side portion along the line of sight) 118 Kc, a side portion along the cut line (fifth cut line) 118 Kd, and a side portion along the polygonal line C25.

ここで、切目線118Kcは、切目線118Kc−1と切目線Kc−2を有し、切目線118Kc−1は、切目線118Ka−1と切目線124Kaの接点から連設され、接着板部126側にいくほど右側面側となるように水平方向に対して傾斜して直線状に形成され、切目線118Kc−2は、切目線118Kc−1の接着板部126側の端部から連設され、水平方向に対して直角の方向に直線状に形成されている。 Here, the cut line 118Kc has a cut line 118Kc-1 and a cut line Kc-2, and the cut line 118Kc-1 is continuously provided from the contact point between the cut line 118Ka-1 and the cut line 124Ka, and the adhesive plate portion 126 The cut line 118Kc-2 is formed in a straight line so as to be inclined toward the right side toward the right side, and the cut line 118Kc-2 is continuously provided from the end of the cut line 118Kc-1 on the adhesive plate portion 126 side. , It is formed linearly in the direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction.

また、切目線118Kdは、切目線118Kd−1と切目線Kd−2を有し、切目線118Kd−1は、切目線118Kb−1と切目線124Kbの接点から連設され、接着板部126側にいくほど左側面側となるように水平方向に対して傾斜して直線状に形成され、切目線118Kd−2は、切目線118Kd−1の接着板部126側の端部から連設され、水平方向に対して直角の方向の直線状の切目線が切目線118Kd−1の端部から連設され、さらに、該直線状の切目線の端部から円弧状の切目線が連設されて、該円弧状の切目線は、折れ線C25の右側面側の端部で接している。この円弧状の切目線は、円形の開口部10hbと同心円状に形成されている。つまり、切目線118Kdと開口部10hb間の長さが著しく短くならないように(著しく短くなると、切目線118Kdと開口部10hb間の領域が切断(「破断」としてもよい。他においても同じ)するおそれがある)、迂回して形成されている。また、折れ線C25は、切目線118Kc−2の接着板部126側の端部と切目線118Kd−2の接着板部126側の端部との間に水平方向に形成されている。 Further, the cut line 118Kd has a cut line 118Kd-1 and a cut line Kd-2, and the cut line 118Kd-1 is continuously provided from the contact point between the cut line 118Kb-1 and the cut line 124Kb, and is connected to the adhesive plate portion 126 side. It is formed in a straight line inclined with respect to the horizontal direction so as to be on the left side side toward the left side, and the cut line 118Kd-2 is continuously provided from the end portion of the cut line 118Kd-1 on the adhesive plate portion 126 side. A linear cut line in a direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction is continuously provided from the end of the cut line 118Kd-1, and further, an arc-shaped cut line is continuously provided from the end of the straight cut line. The arcuate cut line is in contact with the end of the polygonal line C25 on the right side surface side. The arc-shaped cut line is formed concentrically with the circular opening 10hb. That is, the length between the cut line 118 Kd and the opening 10 hb is not significantly shortened (when it is significantly shortened, the region between the cut line 118 Kd and the opening 10 hb is cut (may be “break”; the same applies to other cases). (There is a risk), it is formed by detouring. Further, the polygonal line C25 is formed in the horizontal direction between the end portion of the cut line 118Kc-2 on the adhesive plate portion 126 side and the end portion of the cut line 118Kd-2 on the adhesive plate portion 126 side.

支持板部118は、上記の形状を有しているので、切目線118Kaに沿った辺部と切目線118Ka−3に沿った辺部により形成された突状部118−1と、切目線118Kbに沿った辺部と切目線118Kb−3に沿った辺部により形成された突状部118−2を有している。 Since the support plate portion 118 has the above-mentioned shape, the protruding portion 118-1 formed by the side portion along the cut line 118Ka and the side portion along the cut line 118Ka-3, and the cut line 118Kb. It has a protruding portion 118-2 formed by a side portion along the line and a side portion along the cut line 118Kb-3.

なお、切目線118Kaと切目線118Ka−3とで、切目線(第2切目線)118KAが構成され、切目線118Kbと切目線118Kb−3とで、切目線(第3切目線)118KBが構成される。 The cut line 118Ka and the cut line 118Ka-3 form a cut line (second cut line) 118KA, and the cut line 118Kb and the cut line 118Kb-3 form a cut line (third cut line) 118KB. Will be done.

切目線124Ka、118Ka、118Kb、124Kbは、切断予定線としての切目線であり、切目線118Ka−1、118Kb−1は連続した切込みとしての切目線であり、切目線118KA、118KBは、全体として切断予定線により形成され、124Kaと118KAからなる切目線は、全体としては切断予定線により形成され、切目線124Kb、118KBからなる切目線は、全体としては切断予定線により形成されている。 The cut lines 124Ka, 118Ka, 118Kb and 124Kb are the cut lines as the planned cutting lines, the cut lines 118Ka-1 and 118Kb-1 are the cut lines as continuous cuts, and the cut lines 118KA and 118KB are the cut lines as a whole. The cut line formed by the planned cutting line and consisting of 124Ka and 118KA is formed by the planned cutting line as a whole, and the cutting line consisting of the planned cutting lines 124Kb and 118KB is formed by the planned cutting line as a whole.

なお、切目線124Ka、124Kbが切断予定線であるので、不用意に切目線110Kが切断しても、切目線124Ka、124Kbが切断しなければ、支持板部118が連結板部116に対して回動することがなく、切目線124Ka、124Kbが切断しなければ、支持板部118が連結板部116に対して回動することがないので、不用意に切目線110Kが切断しても、支持板部が、正面後板部124や連結板部116に対して回動してしまうことがない。 Since the cut lines 124Ka and 124Kb are planned cutting lines, even if the cut lines 110K are cut carelessly, if the cut lines 124Ka and 124Kb are not cut, the support plate portion 118 with respect to the connecting plate portion 116. If it does not rotate and the cut lines 124Ka and 124Kb are not cut, the support plate portion 118 does not rotate with respect to the connecting plate portion 116, so even if the cut line 110K is cut carelessly, The support plate portion does not rotate with respect to the front rear plate portion 124 and the connecting plate portion 116.

また、同様に、切目線118KA、118KBが切断予定線であるので、不用意に切目線110Kが切断しても、切目線118KA、118KBが切断しなければ、支持板部116が正面後板部118に対して回動することがなく、切目線118KA、118KBが切断しなければ、支持板部116が傾斜後板部114に対して回動することがないので、不用意に切目線110Kが切断しても、支持板部が、正面後板部118や傾斜後板部114に対して回動してしまうことがない。 Similarly, since the cut lines 118KA and 118KB are planned cutting lines, even if the cut line 110K is cut carelessly, if the cut lines 118KA and 118KB are not cut, the support plate portion 116 is the front rear plate portion. If it does not rotate with respect to 118 and the cut lines 118KA and 118KB are not cut, the support plate portion 116 does not rotate with respect to the inclined rear plate portion 114, so that the cut line 110K is inadvertently set. Even if it is cut, the support plate portion does not rotate with respect to the front rear plate portion 118 and the inclined rear plate portion 114.

また、ポケット上部左板部120は、辺部112aの延長線上の辺部120aと、折れ線C21aに沿った辺部と、切目線120Kに沿った辺部と、折れ線C22aに沿った辺部を有し、全体に方形状を呈している。折れ線C21a、C22aの一方の端部は、辺部120aの端部に接し、他方の端部は、切目線120Kの端部に接している。 Further, the pocket upper left plate portion 120 has a side portion 120a on an extension line of the side portion 112a, a side portion along the polygonal line C21a, a side portion along the cut line 120K, and a side portion along the polygonal line C22a. However, it has a square shape as a whole. One end of the polygonal lines C21a and C22a is in contact with the end of the side portion 120a, and the other end is in contact with the end of the cut line 120K.

同様に、ポケット上部右板部122は、辺部112bの延長線上の辺部122aと、折れ線C21bに沿った辺部と、切目線122Kに沿った辺部と、折れ線C22bに沿った辺部を有し、全体に方形状を呈している。折れ線C21b、C22bの一方の端部は、辺部120bの端部に接し、他方の端部は、切目線122Kの端部に接している。 Similarly, the pocket upper right plate portion 122 has a side portion 122a on an extension line of the side portion 112b, a side portion along the polygonal line C21b, a side portion along the cut line 122K, and a side portion along the polygonal line C22b. It has a square shape as a whole. One end of the polygonal lines C21b and C22b is in contact with the end of the side 120b, and the other end is in contact with the end of the cut line 122K.

また、正面後板部124は、辺部112aの延長線上の辺部124aと、折れ線(第8折れ線)C26と、辺部112bの延長線上の辺部124bとを有し、接着板部126側とは反対側には、折れ線C22aと切目線124Kaと切目線118Kcと折れ線C25と切目線118Kdと切目線124Kbと折れ線C22bに沿った辺部を有している。 Further, the front rear plate portion 124 has a side portion 124a on an extension line of the side portion 112a, a polygonal line (eighth polygonal line) C26, and a side portion 124b on the extension line of the side portion 112b, and has an adhesive plate portion 126 side. On the opposite side, a polygonal line C22a, a cut line 124Ka, a cut line 118Kc, a break line C25, a cut line 118Kd, a cut line 124Kb, and a side portion along the break line C22b are provided.

また、正面後板部124の上側の領域には、円形の開口部10hbが形成されている。この開口部10hbは、開口部10haに重なった状態で、指を係止するための開口部を形成する。 Further, a circular opening 10hb is formed in the upper region of the front rear plate portion 124. The opening 10hb forms an opening for locking a finger in a state of overlapping the opening 10ha.

また、接着板部126は、先端側にいくほど幅狭となる台形形状を呈し、左右両側の辺部126a、126bは折れ線C26に対して鋭角に傾斜している。これは、図9に示すように、接着板部126を第1片部60に接着させた際に、辺部126a、126bが第1片部60の辺部と平行(略平行としてもよい)となるようにするためである。また、接着板部126の先端側の辺部126cは、水平方向に形成されている。 Further, the adhesive plate portion 126 has a trapezoidal shape that becomes narrower toward the tip end side, and the side portions 126a and 126b on both the left and right sides are inclined at an acute angle with respect to the polygonal line C26. This is because, as shown in FIG. 9, when the adhesive plate portion 126 is adhered to the first piece portion 60, the side portions 126a and 126b are parallel to the side portion of the first piece portion 60 (may be substantially parallel). This is to make it. Further, the side portion 126c on the tip end side of the adhesive plate portion 126 is formed in the horizontal direction.

この接着板部126は、包装箱Pの製造に際して、正面部10を折り返すために設けられており、組立て装置(「自動製函機」としてもよい(他においても同じ))において、接着板部126の箇所で正面部10の先端側を回動させて、折れ線C21a、C21b、C21cを介して折り返す。 The adhesive plate portion 126 is provided to fold back the front portion 10 when the packaging box P is manufactured, and is provided in the assembling device (may be an “automatic box making machine” (the same applies to others)). The tip end side of the front surface portion 10 is rotated at 126 points, and the front portion 10 is folded back via the polygonal lines C21a, C21b, and C21c.

また、接着板部126が第1片部60に接着されるので、正面後板部をより強固に固定させることができる。 Further, since the adhesive plate portion 126 is adhered to the first piece portion 60, the front rear plate portion can be fixed more firmly.

また、折れ線C21a、C21b、C21cと折れ線C5間の長さL11と折れ線C21a、C21b、C21cと折れ線C26間の長さL12は、同一(略同一としてもよい)に形成されていて、これにより、ポケット前部前板部112とポケット前部後板部114が接着し、正面前板部110が正面後板部124に接着した状態で、接着板部126が第1片部60に接着した状態となる。 Further, the length L11 between the polygonal lines C21a, C21b, C21c and the polygonal line C5 and the length L12 between the polygonal lines C21a, C21b, C21c and the polygonal line C26 are formed to be the same (may be substantially the same). A state in which the pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114 are adhered to each other, the front front plate portion 110 is adhered to the front rear plate portion 124, and the adhesive plate portion 126 is adhered to the first piece portion 60. It becomes.

また、正面部10の展開状態において、折れ線C21aと折れ線C22a間の長さL22や折れ線C21bと折れ線C22b間の長さL23は、折れ線C25と折れ線C23間の長さL21と略同一(同一としてもよい)に形成されていて、ポケット前部111を手前に引き出した際に、ポケット前部前板部112の正面側の面は、鉛直方向を向いた状態で正面側下方にスライドし、ポケット前部111は、下正面部109とは平行(略平行としてもよい)な状態で、正面側下方にスライドする。また、ポケット前部111を手前に引き出した際に、ポケット上部左板部120及びポケット上部右板部122は、正面後板部124に対して回動するが、その際、ポケット上部左板部120及びポケット上部右板部122と支持板部118とは略平行を保つことになる。 Further, in the unfolded state of the front portion 10, the length L22 between the polygonal line C21a and the polygonal line C22a and the length L23 between the polygonal line C21b and the polygonal line C22b are substantially the same as the length L21 between the polygonal line C25 and the polygonal line C23 (even if they are the same). When the front pocket 111 is pulled out toward you, the front surface of the front front plate 112 of the pocket slides downward on the front side while facing the vertical direction, and is in front of the pocket. The portion 111 slides downward on the front side in a state of being parallel (may be substantially parallel) to the lower front portion 109. Further, when the pocket front portion 111 is pulled out toward the front, the pocket upper left plate portion 120 and the pocket upper right plate portion 122 rotate with respect to the front rear plate portion 124, but at that time, the pocket upper left plate portion The 120 and the upper right plate portion 122 of the pocket and the support plate portion 118 are kept substantially parallel.

また、折れ線C5と、折れ線C21a、C21bと、折れ線C22a、C22bと、折れ線C23と、折れ線C24と、折れ線C25と、折れ線C26は、互いに平行に形成されており、いずれも直線状に形成されている。 Further, the polygonal lines C5, the polygonal lines C21a and C21b, the polygonal lines C22a and C22b, the polygonal line C23, the polygonal line C24, the polygonal line C25, and the polygonal line C26 are formed in parallel with each other, and all of them are formed linearly. There is.

正面部10の展開状態においては、正面部10における接着板部126を除く領域は、開口部10ha、10hbと切目線118Kdの構成を除き、上下方向の中心線を介して左右線対称に形成されている。 In the unfolded state of the front portion 10, the region of the front portion 10 excluding the adhesive plate portion 126 is formed symmetrically with respect to the left and right lines via the center line in the vertical direction, except for the configuration of the openings 10ha, 10hb and the cut line 118Kd. ing.

なお、上記の説明において、切目線124Ka、118Ka−2、118Kb−2、124Kbは、切断予定線としての切目線であるとして説明したが、連続した切込みにより形成された切目線として、切断の必要がないものとしてもよい。 In the above description, the cut lines 124Ka, 118Ka-2, 118Kb-2, and 124Kb have been described as being the cut lines as the planned cutting lines, but it is necessary to cut them as the cut lines formed by continuous cutting. It may be the one without.

また、側面部20は、正面部10の右側面側の端部から折れ線C2を介して連設され、方形状における正面上側の一部を切り欠いた形状を呈し、側面部20の上辺は、正面前板部110の上辺110bから連続して水平方向に形成された直線状の辺部20aと、辺部20aの背面側の端部から連設され、背面側に上方に傾斜して形成された直線状の辺部20bと、辺部20bの上端から略円弧状に形成された辺部20cと、辺部20cの上端かつ背面側の端部から背面側に向けて水平に形成された(側面部20の下辺と平行に形成された)辺部20dとを有している。この辺部20cは、背面部40の上端の縁部の高さと同じに形成されている。この側面部20は、本体部(内側右側面部本体部)22と、分離部(第1分離部)24とを有している。 Further, the side surface portion 20 is continuously provided from the end portion on the right side surface side of the front surface portion 10 via the folding line C2, and exhibits a shape in which a part of the upper surface of the front surface is cut out in a square shape, and the upper side of the side surface portion 20 is formed. A linear side portion 20a formed continuously in the horizontal direction from the upper side 110b of the front front plate portion 110 and a linear side portion 20a formed continuously from the end portion on the back surface side of the side portion 20a, and formed so as to be inclined upward to the back surface side. The straight side portion 20b, the side portion 20c formed in a substantially arc shape from the upper end of the side portion 20b, and the side portion 20c formed horizontally from the upper end and the rear end side of the side portion 20c toward the back surface side ( It has a side portion 20d (formed parallel to the lower side of the side surface portion 20). The side portion 20c is formed at the same height as the edge portion of the upper end of the back surface portion 40. The side surface portion 20 has a main body portion (inner right side surface portion main body portion) 22 and a separation portion (first separation portion) 24.

また、分離部24は、側面部20に形成された切目線(第1切目線)24aと開口部24bにより区画された領域であり、切目線24aは、横方向に間隔を介して設けられた円弧状の切目線24a−1、24a−2(切目線24a−1と切目線24a−2とは互いに左右対称に形成されている)と、切目線24a−1の下端と24a−2の下端を結ぶ横方向(側面部20の下辺と平行な方向)の直線状の切目線24a−3とを有し、開口部24bは、横長の長方形状を呈し、開口部24bにおける一対の角部のうちの正面側の角部と切目線24a−2が接続し、開口部24bにおける一対の角部のうちの背面側の角部と切目線24a−1が接続している。切目線24aと開口部24bにより囲まれた領域が分離部24となる。本体部22は、側面部20において分離部24を除いた領域である。分離部24は、側面部20における横方向の略中央で上下方向における中央やや下側の位置に形成されている。切目線24a−1、24a−2は、ミシン目状の切目線(間隔をおきながら連続して形成された複数の切込みにより形成された切目線)であり、切目線24a−3は、連続した切込みからなる切目線である。つまり、切目線24aは、全体として、切断予定線である。 Further, the separation portion 24 is an area partitioned by a cut line (first cut line) 24a formed on the side surface portion 20 and an opening 24b, and the cut line 24a is provided in the lateral direction with an interval. The arcuate cut lines 24a-1 and 24a-2 (the cut lines 24a-1 and the cut lines 24a-2 are formed symmetrically with each other), the lower end of the cut lines 24a-1 and the lower end of 24a-2. It has a linear cut line 24a-3 in a lateral direction (a direction parallel to the lower side of the side surface portion 20), and the opening 24b has a horizontally long rectangular shape, and a pair of corner portions in the opening 24b. The front corner is connected to the cut line 24a-2, and the back corner of the pair of corners in the opening 24b is connected to the cut line 24a-1. The region surrounded by the cut line 24a and the opening 24b is the separation portion 24. The main body portion 22 is a region of the side surface portion 20 excluding the separation portion 24. The separating portion 24 is formed at a position slightly lower than the center in the vertical direction at a substantially center in the lateral direction on the side surface portion 20. The cut lines 24a-1 and 24a-2 are perforated cut lines (cut lines formed by a plurality of cuts formed continuously at intervals), and the cut lines 24a-3 are continuous. It is a cut line consisting of cuts. That is, the cut line 24a is a planned cutting line as a whole.

この分離部24の形成位置は、外箱部Bの片部224の裏側の領域であり、分離部24は片部224の裏側に接着され、片部224の上端を外側かつ下方に回動させることにより、分離部24も片部224の裏側に接着したまま切目線24aが切断されて、分離部24が本体部22から分離するように形成されている。分離部24は、片部224よりも小さく形成されていて、側面視において、分離部24の外形が片部224の外形よりもはみ出すことがない。 The forming position of the separating portion 24 is a region on the back side of the piece 224 of the outer box portion B, and the separating portion 24 is adhered to the back side of the piece 224 to rotate the upper end of the piece 224 outward and downward. As a result, the cut line 24a is cut while the separating portion 24 is also adhered to the back side of the one portion 224, and the separating portion 24 is formed so as to be separated from the main body portion 22. The separating portion 24 is formed smaller than the one piece 224, and the outer shape of the separating portion 24 does not protrude from the outer shape of the one piece 224 in a side view.

また、開口部24bは、外箱部Bにおける片部226を押し込むことができるための空間として形成されていて、片部226を押し込む際の支障とならないように、開口部24bは、片部226よりも大きく形成され、側面視において、片部226が開口部24bよりはみ出すことがない。 Further, the opening 24b is formed as a space for pushing the piece 226 in the outer box part B, and the opening 24b is formed as a space for pushing the piece 226 so as not to hinder the pushing of the piece 226. The piece 226 does not protrude from the opening 24b when viewed from the side.

また、側面部30は、正面部10の左側面側の端部から折れ線C1を介して連設され、方形状における正面上側の一部を切り欠いた形状を呈し、背面側の端部においては、背面部40の上端の縁部の高さと同じに形成されている。この側面部30は、本体部(内側左側面部本体部)32と、分離部(第2分離部)34とを有している。 Further, the side surface portion 30 is continuously provided from the end portion on the left side surface side of the front surface portion 10 via the polygonal line C1 and exhibits a shape in which a part of the upper surface on the front surface is cut out in a rectangular shape, and the end portion on the back surface side has a shape. , The height of the upper end edge of the back surface 40 is the same. The side surface portion 30 has a main body portion (inner left side surface portion main body portion) 32 and a separation portion (second separation portion) 34.

この側面部30の構成は、内箱部Aの組立て状態では、側面部20と前後方向に垂直な仮想的な平面である中心面を介して対称に形成されている。 The structure of the side surface portion 30 is formed symmetrically with respect to the side surface portion 20 via a central surface which is a virtual plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction in the assembled state of the inner box portion A.

すなわち、分離部34は、切目線(第2切目線)34aと開口部34bとにより区画された領域であり、切目線34aは、横方向に間隔を介して設けられた円弧状の切目線34a−1、34a−2と、切目線34a−1の下端と34a−2の下端を結ぶ横方向(側面部30の下辺と平行な方向)の直線状の切目線34a−3とを有し、開口部34bは、横長の長方形状を呈し、開口部34bにおける一対の角部のうちの正面側の角部と切目線34a−2が接続し、開口部34bにおける一対の角部のうちの背面側の角部と切目線34a−1が接続している。切目線34aと開口部34bにより囲まれた領域が分離部34となる。本体部32は、側面部30において分離部34を除いた領域である。分離部34は、側面部30における横方向の略中央で上下方向における中央やや下側の位置に形成されている。切目線34a−1、34a−2は、ミシン目状の切目線(間隔をおきながら連続して形成された複数の切込みにより形成された切目線)であり、切目線34a−3は、連続した切込みからなる切目線である。つまり、切目線34aは、全体として、切断予定線である。 That is, the separation portion 34 is a region partitioned by the cut line (second cut line) 34a and the opening 34b, and the cut line 34a is an arc-shaped cut line 34a provided with a gap in the lateral direction. It has -1, 34a-2 and a linear cut line 34a-3 in the lateral direction (direction parallel to the lower side of the side surface portion 30) connecting the lower end of the cut line 34a-1 and the lower end of 34a-2. The opening 34b has a horizontally long rectangular shape, and the front corner of the pair of corners in the opening 34b is connected to the cut line 34a-2, and the back surface of the pair of corners in the opening 34b is connected. The corner on the side and the cut line 34a-1 are connected. The area surrounded by the cut line 34a and the opening 34b is the separation portion 34. The main body portion 32 is a region of the side surface portion 30 excluding the separation portion 34. The separation portion 34 is formed at a position slightly lower than the center in the vertical direction at substantially the center of the side surface portion 30 in the horizontal direction. The cut lines 34a-1 and 34a-2 are perforated cut lines (cut lines formed by a plurality of cuts formed continuously at intervals), and the cut lines 34a-3 are continuous. It is a cut line consisting of cuts. That is, the cut line 34a is a planned cutting line as a whole.

この分離部34の形成位置は、外箱部Bの片部234の裏側の領域であり、分離部34は片部234の裏側に接着され、片部234の上端を外側かつ下方に回動させることにより、分離部34も片部234の裏側に接着したまま切目線34aが切断されて、分離部34が本体部32から分離するように形成されている。分離部34は、片部234よりも小さく形成されていて、側面視において、分離部34の外形が片部234の外形よりもはみ出すことがない。 The forming position of the separation portion 34 is a region on the back side of the piece portion 234 of the outer box portion B, and the separation portion 34 is adhered to the back side of the piece portion 234 to rotate the upper end of the piece portion 234 outward and downward. As a result, the cut line 34a is cut while the separating portion 34 is also adhered to the back side of the piece portion 234, and the separating portion 34 is formed so as to be separated from the main body portion 32. The separating portion 34 is formed smaller than the one piece 234, and the outer shape of the separating portion 34 does not protrude from the outer shape of the one piece 234 in a side view.

また、開口部34bは、外箱部Bにおける片部236を押し込むことができるための空間として形成されていて、片部236を押し込む際の支障とならないように、開口部34bは、片部236よりも大きく形成され、側面視において、片部236が開口部34bよりはみ出すことがない。 Further, the opening 34b is formed as a space for pushing the piece 236 in the outer box part B, and the opening 34b is formed as a space for pushing the piece 236 so as not to hinder the pushing of the piece 236. The piece 236 does not protrude from the opening 34b when viewed from the side.

また、背面部40は、側面部20の背面側の端部から折れ線C3を介して連設され、全体には方形状を呈している。この背面部40の横幅は、正面部10の横幅と同一に形成され、背面部40の縦幅(最大縦幅)は、側面部20、30の縦幅(最大縦幅)と同一に形成されている。 Further, the back surface portion 40 is continuously provided from the end portion on the back surface side of the side surface portion 20 via the polygonal line C3, and has a rectangular shape as a whole. The horizontal width of the back surface portion 40 is formed to be the same as the horizontal width of the front surface portion 10, and the vertical width (maximum vertical width) of the back surface portion 40 is formed to be the same as the vertical width (maximum vertical width) of the side surface portions 20 and 30. ing.

また、糊代部49は、背面部40の左側面側の端部から折れ線C1を介して連設され、縦方向に細長の帯状台形形状を呈している。この糊代部49は、その外側の面が側面部30の背面側の端部領域の内側の面に接着されている。 Further, the glue margin portion 49 is continuously provided from the end portion on the left side surface side of the back surface portion 40 via the polygonal line C1 and has an elongated strip-shaped trapezoidal shape in the vertical direction. The outer surface of the glue margin portion 49 is adhered to the inner surface of the end region on the back surface side of the side surface portion 30.

また、底面部50は、いわゆるワンタッチ底であり、第1片部(底面部第2片部)60と、第2片部(底面部第3片部)70と、第3片部(底面部第1片部)80と、第4片部(底面部第4片部)90とを有し、包装箱Pの組立て状態においては、図5に示すように、略方形状の外形を呈している。 Further, the bottom surface portion 50 is a so-called one-touch bottom, and the first piece portion (bottom surface portion second piece portion) 60, the second piece portion (bottom portion third piece portion) 70, and the third piece portion (bottom surface portion). It has a first piece) 80 and a fourth piece (bottom surface fourth piece) 90, and in the assembled state of the packaging box P, it exhibits a substantially rectangular outer shape as shown in FIG. There is.

ここで、第1片部60は、正面部10の下端から折れ線を介して連設され、先端側にいくほど幅狭となる略台形形状に形成され、その上面の一部が内箱部Aの内底面の一部を形成している。この第1片部60は、底面部50の組立て状態においては、第4片部90と底面部50の中心位置(底面部50の対角の角部を結ぶ2つの直線の交点)を介して点対称に形成されている。 Here, the first piece portion 60 is continuously provided from the lower end of the front portion 10 via a polygonal line, and is formed in a substantially trapezoidal shape that becomes narrower toward the tip side, and a part of the upper surface thereof is the inner box portion A. It forms a part of the inner bottom surface of the. In the assembled state of the bottom surface portion 50, the first piece portion 60 passes through the center position of the fourth piece portion 90 and the bottom surface portion 50 (the intersection of two straight lines connecting the diagonal corner portions of the bottom surface portion 50). It is formed point-symmetrically.

また、第2片部70は、側面部20の下端から折れ線を介して連設され、略長方形状に形成され、第2片部70の上面の一部が内箱部Aの内底面の一部を形成している。また、第2片部70の角部(側面部20と背面部40の境界位置の下端)からは第2片部70の正面部10との境界をなす辺部に対して斜めに所定間隔で切込みが形成された(つまり、折曲しやすいように切込みが形成されている)折れ線70−1(この折れ線70−1は、上面側が山折れ線となっている)が形成され、内箱部Aを折り畳む際に、容易に折り畳むことができるようになっている。第2片部70は、折れ線70−1を介して本体部72と先端部74とに区画される。本体部72の先端の先端部74側には、他方の本体部82と互いに係止するように切欠部72aが形成されている。先端部74の上面は、第4片部90の下面に接着されている。 Further, the second piece portion 70 is continuously provided from the lower end of the side surface portion 20 via a polygonal line to form a substantially rectangular shape, and a part of the upper surface of the second piece portion 70 is one of the inner bottom surfaces of the inner box portion A. Forming a part. Further, from the corner portion of the second piece portion 70 (the lower end of the boundary position between the side surface portion 20 and the back surface portion 40), the side portion forming the boundary with the front portion 10 of the second piece portion 70 is obliquely at a predetermined interval. A polygonal line 70-1 (the polygonal line 70-1 has a mountain fold line on the upper surface side) is formed, and the inner box portion A is formed. When folding, it can be easily folded. The second piece 70 is divided into a main body 72 and a tip 74 via a polygonal line 70-1. A notch 72a is formed on the tip 74 side of the tip of the main body 72 so as to lock each other with the other main body 82. The upper surface of the tip portion 74 is adhered to the lower surface of the fourth piece portion 90.

また、第3片部80は、側面部30の下端から折れ線を介して連設され、底面部50の組立て状態においては、第2片部70と底面部50の中心位置を介して点対称に形成されている。すなわち、第3片部80は、側面部30の下端から折れ線を介して連設され、略長方形状に形成され、第3片部80の上面の一部が内箱部Aの内底面の一部を形成している。また、第3片部80の角部(正面部10と側面部30の境界位置の下端)からは第3片部80の側面部30との境界をなす辺部に対して斜めに所定間隔で切込みが形成された(つまり、折曲しやすいように切込みが形成されている)折れ線80−1(この折れ線80−1は、上面側が山折れ線となっている)が形成され、内箱部Aを折り畳む際に、容易に折り畳むことができるようになっている。第3片部80は、折れ線80−1を介して本体部82と先端部84とに区画される。本体部82の先端の先端部84側には、他方の本体部72と互いに係止するように切欠部82aが形成されている。先端部84の上面は、第1片部60の下面に接着されている。 Further, the third piece portion 80 is continuously provided from the lower end of the side surface portion 30 via a polygonal line, and in the assembled state of the bottom surface portion 50, the third piece portion 80 is point-symmetrical via the center position of the second piece portion 70 and the bottom surface portion 50. It is formed. That is, the third piece portion 80 is continuously provided from the lower end of the side surface portion 30 via a polygonal line and is formed in a substantially rectangular shape, and a part of the upper surface of the third piece portion 80 is one of the inner bottom surfaces of the inner box portion A. Forming a part. Further, from the corner portion of the third piece portion 80 (the lower end of the boundary position between the front portion 10 and the side surface portion 30), the side portion forming the boundary with the side surface portion 30 of the third piece portion 80 is obliquely at a predetermined interval. A polygonal line 80-1 (the polygonal line 80-1 has a mountain fold line on the upper surface side) is formed, and the inner box portion A is formed. When folding, it can be easily folded. The third piece 80 is divided into a main body 82 and a tip 84 via a polygonal line 80-1. A notch 82a is formed on the tip 84 side of the tip of the main body 82 so as to lock each other with the other main body 72. The upper surface of the tip portion 84 is adhered to the lower surface of the first piece portion 60.

また、本体部82には、内箱部Aの展開状態で第1片部60と反対側の端部(内箱部Aの組立て状態で背面部40側の端部)に切欠部82aが設けられている。これは、図10に示すように、包装箱Pの製造工程において、側面部30において糊代部49が接着する領域を第3片部80から露出させておくためである。 Further, the main body 82 is provided with a notch 82a at the end opposite to the first piece 60 in the unfolded state of the inner box A (the end on the back surface 40 side in the assembled state of the inner box A). Has been done. This is because, as shown in FIG. 10, in the manufacturing process of the packaging box P, the region to which the glue margin portion 49 adheres on the side surface portion 30 is exposed from the third piece portion 80.

また、第4片部90は、背面部40の下端から折れ線を介して連設され、先端側にいくほど幅狭となる略台形形状に形成され、その上面の一部が内箱部Aの内底面の一部を形成している。 Further, the fourth piece 90 is continuously provided from the lower end of the back surface 40 via a polygonal line, and is formed in a substantially trapezoidal shape that becomes narrower toward the tip side, and a part of the upper surface thereof is formed of the inner box portion A. It forms a part of the inner bottom surface.

以上のように、底面部50において、隣接する2つの片部(第1片部60と第3片部80)である底面部第1片部対の一方における他方の側の部分である先端部(第1端部領域)84が折れ線を介して折曲げ可能であり、該先端部84が第1片部60に接着され、他の隣接する2つの片部(第2片部70と第4片部90)である底面部第2片部対の一方における他方の側の部分である先端部(第2端部領域)74が折れ線を介して折曲げ可能であり、該先端部74が第4片部90に接着されている。 As described above, in the bottom surface portion 50, the tip portion which is the other side portion of one of the pair of the bottom surface portion first piece portion which is two adjacent pieces (first piece portion 60 and third piece portion 80). The (first end region) 84 is bendable via a fold line, the tip 84 is adhered to the first piece 60, and the other two adjacent pieces (second piece 70 and fourth). The tip portion (second end region) 74, which is the other side portion of one of the bottom portion second piece pair, which is one portion 90), can be bent through a folding line, and the tip portion 74 is the first. It is adhered to 4 pieces 90.

内箱部Aを箱状に組み立てた状態では、正面部10と背面部40とが互いに平行になり、側面部20と側面部30とが互いに平行になり、底面部50を構成する各部材は、正面部10、側面部20、30、背面部40に対して略直角(直角でもよい)となる。つまり、スリーブ状部5は、底面部50に対して略直角(直角でもよい)となる。また、スリーブ状部5を構成する各部材(正面部10、側面部20、30、背面部40)における隣接する部材は互いに直角(略直角としてもよい)となっている。 When the inner box portion A is assembled in a box shape, the front portion 10 and the back portion 40 are parallel to each other, the side surface portion 20 and the side surface portion 30 are parallel to each other, and each member constituting the bottom surface portion 50 is , The front portion 10, the side portions 20, 30, and the back portion 40 are substantially perpendicular (or right). That is, the sleeve-shaped portion 5 is substantially perpendicular (or may be right) to the bottom surface portion 50. Further, adjacent members in each member (front portion 10, side surface portions 20, 30, back surface portion 40) constituting the sleeve-shaped portion 5 are at right angles (may be substantially right angles) to each other.

また、内箱部Aは、平板状に折り畳むことができ(図12参照)、内箱部Aにおいては、正面部10と側面部30との角度を小さくし(つまり、直角より小さくする)、背面部40と側面部20との角度を小さくさせる(つまり、直角より小さくする)ことにより、四角筒状のスリーブ状部5が扁平になるとともに、底面部50を構成する各部がスリーブ状部5内に回動して、内箱部Aが全体に平板状に折り畳むことができる。内箱部Aを折り畳んだ状態では、底面部50を構成する各部は、スリーブ状部5内にスリーブ状部5を構成する正面部10、側面部20、30、背面部40に対して略平行な状態となる。 Further, the inner box portion A can be folded into a flat plate shape (see FIG. 12), and in the inner box portion A, the angle between the front portion 10 and the side surface portion 30 is reduced (that is, smaller than a right angle). By reducing the angle between the back surface portion 40 and the side surface portion 20 (that is, making it smaller than a right angle), the square tubular sleeve-shaped portion 5 becomes flat, and each portion constituting the bottom surface portion 50 becomes the sleeve-shaped portion 5. By rotating inward, the inner box portion A can be folded into a flat plate shape as a whole. In the state where the inner box portion A is folded, each portion constituting the bottom surface portion 50 is substantially parallel to the front portion 10, the side surface portions 20, 30 and the back surface portion 40 constituting the sleeve-shaped portion 5 in the sleeve-shaped portion 5. It becomes a state.

次に、外箱部Bは、内箱部Aを覆う箱体であり、図1〜図3、図7等に示すように、スリーブ状部(外側スリーブ状部)205と、フラップ部260、290と、蓋部270、280とを有していて、その展開状態は、図7に示すように形成されている。 Next, the outer box portion B is a box body that covers the inner box portion A, and as shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, 7 and the like, the sleeve-shaped portion (outer sleeve-shaped portion) 205 and the flap portion 260, It has a 290 and a lid portion 270 and 280, and its unfolded state is formed as shown in FIG. 7.

ここで、スリーブ状部205は、組み立てた状態では、四角形状の筒状を呈し、正面部(外側正面部)210と、側面部(外側右側面部)220と、側面部(外側左側面部)230と、背面部(外側背面部)240と、糊代部242とを有している。 Here, the sleeve-shaped portion 205 has a quadrangular tubular shape in the assembled state, and has a front portion (outer front surface portion) 210, a side surface portion (outer right side surface portion) 220, and a side surface portion (outer left side surface portion) 230. And a back surface portion (outer back surface portion) 240, and a glue allowance portion 242.

ここで、正面部210は、方形状(長方形状)の板状を呈している。この正面部210の横幅は、内箱部Aを収納することができるように、内箱部Aの左右方向の幅よりも若干大きく形成されている。 Here, the front portion 210 has a rectangular (rectangular) plate shape. The width of the front portion 210 is formed to be slightly larger than the width of the inner box portion A in the left-right direction so that the inner box portion A can be stored.

また、側面部220は、正面部210の右側面側の端部から折れ線C12を介して連設され、方形状を呈し、切目線222と切目線224a、224bが形成されている。 Further, the side surface portion 220 is continuously provided from the end portion on the right side surface side of the front surface portion 210 via the polygonal line C12, and has a square shape, and the cut line 222 and the cut lines 224a and 224b are formed.

ここで、切目線222は、ミシン目状の切込み(間隔をおきながら形成された切込み)(切断予定線)により形成され、横方向に間隔を介して設けられた円弧状の切目線222a、222cと、切目線222aの上端と222cの上端を結ぶ横方向(側面部220の下辺と平行な方向)の直線状の連続した切込みからなる切目線222bとを有し、全体に下向きの略コ字状を呈している。切目線(第5切目線)222と、切目線222a及び切目線222cの切目線222b側とは反対側の端部間を結ぶ折れ線C224により囲まれた領域が、片部(第1片部)224となる。 Here, the cut lines 222 are formed by perforated cuts (cuts formed at intervals) (scheduled cutting lines), and arc-shaped cut lines 222a and 222c are provided laterally with intervals. And a cut line 222b consisting of continuous straight cuts in the lateral direction (direction parallel to the lower side of the side surface 220) connecting the upper end of the cut line 222a and the upper end of 222c, and has a substantially U-shaped downward direction as a whole. It has a shape. The area surrounded by the cut line (fifth cut line) 222 and the end of the cut line 222a and the cut line 222c on the opposite side to the cut line 222b side is one part (first piece). It becomes 224.

また、切目線222bの一方の端部から他方の端部までに途中位置には、切目線222aや切目線222cが設けられている側とは反対側に、縦方向(切目線222bと直角方向)に互いに平行な切目線224a、224bが形成されている。つまり、切目線224aと切目線224bは、互いに平行に形成され、連続した切込みにより形成されている。また、切目線224aは、切目線222aよりも内側(横方向の内側)に形成され、切目線224bは、切目線222cよりも内側(横方向の内側)に形成されている。以上のように、切目線224aと、切目線224bと、切目線222bと、切目線224a及び切目線224bの切目線222b側とは反対側の端部間を結ぶ直線状の折れ線C226により囲まれた領域が、片部226となる。この側面部220の横幅は、内箱部Aを外箱部B内に収納することができるように、側面部20の横幅よりも若干大きく形成されている。 Further, in the middle position from one end of the cut line 222b to the other end, the side opposite to the side where the cut line 222a and the cut line 222c are provided is in the vertical direction (direction perpendicular to the cut line 222b). ) Are parallel to each other. That is, the cut line 224a and the cut line 224b are formed in parallel with each other and are formed by continuous cuts. Further, the cut line 224a is formed inside the cut line 222a (inside in the lateral direction), and the cut line 224b is formed inside the cut line 222c (inside in the lateral direction). As described above, it is surrounded by a linear polygonal line C226 connecting the cut line 224a, the cut line 224b, the cut line 222b, and the ends of the cut line 224a and the cut line 224b on the opposite side to the cut line 222b side. The area is 226 on one side. The width of the side surface portion 220 is formed to be slightly larger than the width of the side surface portion 20 so that the inner box portion A can be housed in the outer box portion B.

また、側面部230は、正面部210の正面視における左側の端部から折れ線C11を介して連設され、方形状を呈し、切目線(第6切目線)232と切目線234a、234bが形成されている。 Further, the side surface portion 230 is continuously provided from the left end portion in the front view of the front portion 210 via the polygonal line C11, and has a square shape, and the cut line (sixth cut line) 232 and the cut lines 234a and 234b are formed. Has been done.

この側面部230の構成は、側面部220と前後方向に垂直な仮想的な平面である中心面を介して対称に形成されていて、切目線232は、切目線222と対称に形成され、横方向に間隔を介して設けられた円弧状の切目線232a、232cと、切目線232aの上端と232cの上端を結ぶ横方向(側面部230の下辺と平行な方向)の直線状の切目線232bとを有し、全体に下向きの略コ字状を呈している。切目線232と、切目線232a及び切目線232cの切目線232b側とは反対側の端部間を結ぶ折れ線C234により囲まれた領域が、片部(第2片部)234となる。 The configuration of the side surface portion 230 is formed symmetrically with respect to the side surface portion 220 via a central surface which is a virtual plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction, and the cut line 232 is formed symmetrically with the cut line 222 and is laterally formed. A linear cut line 232b in the horizontal direction (parallel to the lower side of the side surface portion 230) connecting the arc-shaped cut lines 232a and 232c provided in the direction and the upper end of the cut line 232a and the upper end of the 232c. And, it has a downward substantially U-shape as a whole. The area surrounded by the cut line 232 and the end of the cut line 232a and the cut line 232c on the opposite side to the cut line 232b side is the one piece (second piece) 234.

また、切目線232bの一方の端部から他方の端部までに途中位置には、切目線232aや切目線232cが設けられている側とは反対側に、縦方向(切目線232bと直角方向)に互いに平行な切目線234a、234bが形成されている。つまり、切目線234aと切目線234bは、互いに平行に形成され、連続した切込みにより形成されている。また、切目線234aは、切目線232aよりも内側(横方向の内側)に形成され、切目線234bは、切目線232cよりも内側(横方向の内側)に形成されている。以上のように、切目線234aと、切目線234bと、切目線232bと、切目線234a及び切目線234bの切目線232b側とは反対側の端部間を結ぶ直線状の折れ線C236により囲まれた領域が、片部236となる。この側面部230の横幅は、内箱部Aを外箱部B内に収納することができるように、側面部30の横幅よりも若干大きく形成されていて、側面部220の横幅と同一に形成されている。 Further, in the middle position from one end of the cut line 232b to the other end, the side opposite to the side where the cut line 232a and the cut line 232c are provided is in the vertical direction (direction perpendicular to the cut line 232b). ) Are parallel to each other. That is, the cut line 234a and the cut line 234b are formed in parallel with each other and are formed by continuous cuts. Further, the cut line 234a is formed inside the cut line 232a (inside in the lateral direction), and the cut line 234b is formed inside the cut line 232c (inside in the lateral direction). As described above, it is surrounded by a linear polygonal line C236 connecting the cut line 234a, the cut line 234b, the cut line 232b, and the ends of the cut line 234a and the cut line 234b on the opposite side to the cut line 232b side. The area is 236 on one side. The width of the side surface portion 230 is formed to be slightly larger than the width of the side surface portion 30 so that the inner box portion A can be stored in the outer box portion B, and is formed to be the same as the width of the side surface portion 220. Has been done.

また、背面部240は、側面部220の背面側の端部から折れ線C13を介して連設され、方形状を呈している。この背面部240の横幅は、正面部210の横幅と同一に形成され、内箱部Aを外箱部B内に収納することができるように、内箱部Aの左右方向の幅よりも若干大きく形成されている。 Further, the back surface portion 240 is continuously provided from the end portion on the back surface side of the side surface portion 220 via the polygonal line C13, and has a square shape. The width of the back surface 240 is formed to be the same as the width of the front surface 210, and is slightly larger than the width of the inner box A in the left-right direction so that the inner box A can be stored in the outer box B. It is formed large.

また、糊代部242は、側面部230の背面側の端部から折れ線C10を介して連設され、縦方向に細長の帯状台形形状を呈している。この糊代部242は、図2に示すように、その内側の面が背面部240の外側の面に接着されている。 Further, the glue margin portion 242 is continuously provided from the end portion on the back surface side of the side surface portion 230 via the polygonal line C10, and has an elongated strip-shaped trapezoidal shape in the vertical direction. As shown in FIG. 2, the glue margin portion 242 has an inner surface bonded to the outer surface of the back surface portion 240.

また、正面部210と側面部220、230と背面部240の縦幅は同一に形成されていて、内箱部Aの縦幅よりも大きく形成されている。すなわち、外箱部Bのスリーブ状部205の縦方向の長さは、内箱部Aのスリーブ状部5の縦方向の長さ(最大長さ)よりも大きく形成されている。 Further, the vertical widths of the front portion 210, the side surface portions 220, 230 and the back surface portion 240 are formed to be the same, and are formed to be larger than the vertical width of the inner box portion A. That is, the vertical length of the sleeve-shaped portion 205 of the outer box portion B is formed to be larger than the vertical length (maximum length) of the sleeve-shaped portion 5 of the inner box portion A.

また、フラップ部(第1フラップ部、特定蓋部片部)260は、正面部210の上端から折れ線を介して連設され、正面部210の上端に沿って横長の長方形状の両側の先端側の角部を面取りするとともに、先端側の略中央位置に切欠部を形成した形状を呈している。すなわち、フラップ部260は、正面部210の上辺の左側面側の端部近傍から該上辺に対して直角をなす直線状の辺部260aと、辺部260aに対して略135度に傾斜した直線状の辺部260bと、辺部260bから連設され、正面部210の上辺と平行な直線状の辺部260cと、正面部210の上辺の右側面側の端部近傍から該上辺に対して直角をなす直線状の辺部260dと、辺部260dに対して略135度に傾斜した直線状の辺部260eと、辺部260eから連設され、正面部210の上辺と平行な直線状の辺部260fと、辺部260cと辺部260f間に形成された切欠部260gとを有している。辺部260b、260eが面取りを形成している。 Further, the flap portion (first flap portion, specific lid portion piece portion) 260 is continuously provided from the upper end of the front portion 210 via a polygonal line, and is connected to the tip sides of both sides of a horizontally long rectangular shape along the upper end of the front portion 210. The corners of the surface are chamfered, and a notch is formed at a substantially central position on the tip side. That is, the flap portion 260 is a straight side portion 260a that is perpendicular to the upper side from the vicinity of the left side end portion of the upper side of the front portion 210, and a straight line that is inclined at approximately 135 degrees with respect to the side portion 260a. A linear side portion 260c that is connected from the side portion 260b and the side portion 260b and is parallel to the upper side of the front portion 210, and from the vicinity of the right end side of the upper side of the front portion 210 to the upper side. A straight side portion 260d forming a right angle, a linear side portion 260e inclined at approximately 135 degrees with respect to the side portion 260d, and a linear side portion 260e connected from the side portion 260e and parallel to the upper side of the front portion 210. It has a side portion 260f and a notch portion 260g formed between the side portion 260c and the side portion 260f. The sides 260b and 260e form a chamfer.

切欠部260gは、辺部260cから正面部210の上辺に向けて斜めに形成された辺部260g−1と、辺部260g−1から連設され、正面部210の上辺に対して平行な辺部260g−2と、辺部260fから正面部210の上辺に向けて斜めに形成され、辺部260g−2の右側面側の端部と接する辺部260g−3とを有し、辺部260g−1と辺部260g−3とは、正面部210側にいくほど辺部260g−1と辺部260g−3間の長さ短くなるテーパ状を呈している。 The cutout portion 260g is connected to the side portion 260g-1 formed obliquely from the side portion 260c toward the upper side of the front portion 210 and the side portion 260g-1 and is parallel to the upper side of the front portion 210. It has a portion 260g-2 and a side portion 260g-3 formed obliquely from the side portion 260f toward the upper side of the front surface portion 210 and in contact with the right side end of the side portion 260g-2, and the side portion 260g. -1 and the side portion 260 g-3 have a tapered shape in which the length between the side portion 260 g-1 and the side portion 260 g-3 becomes shorter toward the front portion 210 side.

フラップ部260の先端から基端までの長さ(正面部210の上辺と辺部260c、260f間の長さ)は、蓋部270、280やフラップ部290の先端から基端までの長さよりも短く形成されており、具体的には、図8に示すように、展開状態の外箱部Bと展開状態の内箱部Aとをスリーブ状部5、205の下辺を一致させて重ねた状態で、接着板部126がフラップ部260の上端(辺部260c、260f)よりも突出する長さとなっている。そして、組立て装置により自動製函する際に、フックにより接着板部126を係止するが、切欠部260gが設けられていることにより、切欠部260gの位置で接着板部126を係止することにより(つまり、接着板部126において、内箱部Aの搬送方向に対して直角の方向において、切欠部260gに対応した部分を係止することにより)、接着板部126を係止しやすくして、接着板部126と正面後板部118と支持板部116と傾斜後板部114を傾斜前板部112と正面前板部110に対して折り返すことができるようになっている。 The length from the tip to the base of the flap portion 260 (the length between the upper side of the front portion 210 and the side portions 260c and 260f) is larger than the length from the tip to the base end of the lid portion 270, 280 and the flap portion 290. It is formed short, and specifically, as shown in FIG. 8, a state in which the outer box portion B in the unfolded state and the inner box portion A in the unfolded state are overlapped with the lower sides of the sleeve-shaped portions 5 and 205 aligned. The adhesive plate portion 126 has a length that protrudes from the upper end (side portions 260c, 260f) of the flap portion 260. Then, when the box is automatically manufactured by the assembling device, the adhesive plate portion 126 is locked by the hook, but since the notch portion 260 g is provided, the adhesive plate portion 126 is locked at the position of the notch portion 260 g. (That is, by locking the portion of the adhesive plate portion 126 corresponding to the notch portion 260 g in the direction perpendicular to the transport direction of the inner box portion A), the adhesive plate portion 126 can be easily locked. Therefore, the adhesive plate portion 126, the front rear plate portion 118, the support plate portion 116, and the inclined rear plate portion 114 can be folded back with respect to the inclined front plate portion 112 and the front front plate portion 110.

また、蓋部270は、側面部220の上端から折れ線を介して連設され、略方形状(略長方形状)を呈し、長方形状における両側の先端側の角部を面取りした形状を呈している。 Further, the lid portion 270 is continuously provided from the upper end of the side surface portion 220 via a polygonal line, and has a substantially rectangular shape (substantially rectangular shape), and has a rectangular shape in which the corners on both end sides are chamfered. ..

また、蓋部280は、側面部230の上端から折れ線を介して連設され、略方形状(略長方形状)を呈し、長方形状における両側の先端側の角部を面取りした形状を呈している。この蓋部280は、蓋部270と同大同形状に形成されている。、
また、フラップ部290は、背面部240の上端から折れ線を介して連設され、略方形状(略長方形状)を呈し、長方形状における両側の先端側の角部を面取りした形状を呈している。
Further, the lid portion 280 is continuously provided from the upper end of the side surface portion 230 via a polygonal line, has a substantially rectangular shape (substantially rectangular shape), and has a rectangular shape in which the corners on both end sides are chamfered. .. The lid portion 280 is formed in the same shape as the lid portion 270. ,
Further, the flap portion 290 is continuously provided from the upper end of the back surface portion 240 via a polygonal line, and has a substantially rectangular shape (substantially rectangular shape), and has a rectangular shape in which the corners on both end sides are chamfered. ..

なお、蓋部270、280における先端側の辺部(スリーブ状部205側とは反対側の辺部)に対する面取りの角度は、フラップ部260、290における先端側の辺部(スリーブ状部205側とは反対側の辺部)に対する面取りの角度よりも小さく形成されている。 The chamfering angle of the lid portion 270 and 280 with respect to the tip side side portion (the side portion opposite to the sleeve-shaped portion 205 side) is the tip end side side portion of the flap portion 260 and 290 (sleeve-shaped portion 205 side). It is formed smaller than the chamfer angle with respect to the side opposite to the side).

これら蓋部270、280及びフラップ部260、290は、外箱部Bの上面を開閉するものであり、特に、蓋部270、280を閉状態とすることにより外箱部Bの上面が塞がれる。つまり、蓋部270、280の基端から先端までの長さは、正面部210及び背面部240の横方向の長さの半分であり、蓋部270、280を閉じた際には、蓋部270の先端と蓋部280の先端が接する。蓋部270、280及びフラップ部260、290は、いわゆるA式と言われるものである。なお、蓋部270、280及びフラップ部260、290は、予め上方に立設した状態になっていて、外箱部Bの上方が開口した状態になっている。 These lid portions 270 and 280 and flap portions 260 and 290 open and close the upper surface of the outer box portion B. In particular, by closing the lid portions 270 and 280, the upper surface of the outer box portion B is closed. Is done. That is, the length from the base end to the tip of the lid portion 270 and 280 is half the lateral length of the front portion 210 and the back portion 240, and when the lid portion 270 and 280 are closed, the lid portion is closed. The tip of the 270 and the tip of the lid 280 are in contact with each other. The lid portion 270, 280 and the flap portion 260, 290 are of the so-called A type. The lid portion 270, 280 and the flap portion 260, 290 are in a state of being erected upward in advance, and a state in which the upper part of the outer box portion B is open.

また、正面部210と側面部220の境界位置の下側には縦長帯状の開口部K220が形成され、また、正面部210と側面部230の境界位置の下側には縦長帯状の切欠部K230が形成され、内箱部Aと外箱部Bとを接着した状態では、開口部K220の上端が正面部10と側面部20間の境界位置の上端と略一致し、切欠部K230の上端が正面部10と側面部30間の境界位置の上端と略一致し、特に、切欠部K230の上端が正面部10と側面部30間の境界位置の上端と係合している。 Further, a vertically long strip-shaped opening K220 is formed below the boundary position between the front portion 210 and the side surface portion 220, and a vertically long strip-shaped notch K230 is formed below the boundary position between the front portion 210 and the side surface portion 230. Is formed, and in a state where the inner box portion A and the outer box portion B are adhered to each other, the upper end of the opening K220 substantially coincides with the upper end of the boundary position between the front portion 10 and the side surface portion 20, and the upper end of the notch portion K230 is formed. It substantially coincides with the upper end of the boundary position between the front surface portion 10 and the side surface portion 30, and in particular, the upper end of the notch K230 is engaged with the upper end of the boundary position between the front surface portion 10 and the side surface portion 30.

外箱部Bを箱状に組み立てた状態では、正面部210と背面部240とが互いに平行になり、側面部220と側面部230とが互いに平行になる。また、スリーブ状部205を構成する各部材(正面部210、側面部220、230、背面部240)における隣接する部材は互いに直角となっている。 When the outer box portion B is assembled in a box shape, the front portion 210 and the back portion 240 are parallel to each other, and the side surface portion 220 and the side surface portion 230 are parallel to each other. Further, adjacent members in each member (front portion 210, side surface portion 220, 230, back portion 240) constituting the sleeve-shaped portion 205 are at right angles to each other.

次に、内箱部Aと外箱部Bとは、分離部24、34の箇所で互いに接着されている。つまり、分離部24の外側の面と側面部220(特に、片部224)の内側の面とが接着剤その他の接着手段により接着されるとともに、分離部34の外側の面と側面部230(特に、片部234)の内側の面とが接着剤その他の接着手段により接着されることにより、包装箱Pが全体に一体に形成される。つまり、分離部24の外側の面の全部又は一部の領域と側面部220の内側の面の間には接着剤層(図示せず)が設けられていて、同様に、分離部34の外側の面の全部又は一部の領域と側面部230の内側の面の間には接着剤層(図示せず)が設けられている。これにより、外箱部Bのスリーブ状部205は、内箱部Aにおけるスリーブ状部5の外側の面に沿って設けられ、例えば、正面部10の外側の面に沿って正面部210が設けられ、側面部20の外側の面に沿って側面部220が設けられ、側面部30の外側の面に沿って側面部230が設けられ、背面部40の外側の面に沿って背面部240が設けられている。該接着剤層の接着力は、外箱部Bの片部224を外側に回動させた際に、同時に分離部24の周囲の切目線24aが破れて、分離部24が内箱部Aから分離し、回動させた片部224に接着した状態で片部224に従動するように設定されていて、同様に、外箱部Bの片部234を外側に回動させた際に、同時に分離部34の周囲の切目線34aが破れて、分離部34が内箱部Aから分離し、回動させた片部234に接着した状態で片部234に従動するように設定されている。 Next, the inner box portion A and the outer box portion B are adhered to each other at the separation portions 24 and 34. That is, the outer surface of the separation portion 24 and the inner surface of the side surface portion 220 (particularly, the single portion 224) are adhered by an adhesive or other adhesive means, and the outer surface of the separation portion 34 and the side surface portion 230 (particularly, the side surface portion 230). In particular, the inner surface of the piece 234) is adhered to the inner surface by an adhesive or other adhesive means, so that the packaging box P is integrally formed as a whole. That is, an adhesive layer (not shown) is provided between all or a part of the outer surface of the separation portion 24 and the inner surface of the side surface portion 220, and similarly, the outside of the separation portion 34. An adhesive layer (not shown) is provided between all or a part of the surface of the surface and the inner surface of the side surface portion 230. As a result, the sleeve-shaped portion 205 of the outer box portion B is provided along the outer surface of the sleeve-shaped portion 5 in the inner box portion A, and for example, the front portion 210 is provided along the outer surface of the front portion 10. The side surface portion 220 is provided along the outer surface of the side surface portion 20, the side surface portion 230 is provided along the outer surface of the side surface portion 30, and the back surface portion 240 is provided along the outer surface of the back surface portion 40. It is provided. The adhesive force of the adhesive layer is such that when the piece 224 of the outer box portion B is rotated outward, the cut line 24a around the separation portion 24 is broken at the same time, and the separation portion 24 is separated from the inner box portion A. It is set to follow the piece 224 in a state of being separated and adhered to the rotated piece 224, and similarly, when the piece 234 of the outer box part B is rotated outward, at the same time. The cut line 34a around the separating portion 34 is broken, and the separating portion 34 is set to move from the inner box portion A and to follow the one portion 234 in a state of being adhered to the rotated one portion 234.

また、内箱部Aと外箱部Bとが接着された状態では、内箱部Aの下端と外箱部Bの下端とが同じ高さになるように形成されている。なお、内箱部Aと外箱部Bとは、分離部24、34の箇所以外は互いに接着されていない。 Further, in a state where the inner box portion A and the outer box portion B are adhered to each other, the lower end of the inner box portion A and the lower end of the outer box portion B are formed to have the same height. The inner box portion A and the outer box portion B are not adhered to each other except at the separation portions 24 and 34.

以上のように、内箱部Aは外箱部Bの内側に収納した状態となっていて、内箱部Aの底面部50以外は外箱部Bに被覆された状態となっている。つまり、外箱部Bの下端の高さ方向の位置は、内箱部Aの下端の高さ方向の位置と略同一であり、フラップ部260〜290を封止した状態では内箱部Aにおいては底面部50のみが露出している。 As described above, the inner box portion A is stored inside the outer box portion B, and the outer box portion B is covered with the exception of the bottom surface portion 50 of the inner box portion A. That is, the position of the lower end of the outer box portion B in the height direction is substantially the same as the position of the lower end of the inner box portion A in the height direction. Only the bottom surface 50 is exposed.

なお、上記構成の包装箱Pは、内箱部Aが上記のように折り畳むことができ、また、外箱部Bがスリーブ状部205を有し、全体に略スリーブ状を呈しているので、包装箱Pの状態においても平板状に折り畳むことができ、正面部210を側面部230に対して略平行になるようにし、かつ、側面部220を背面部240に対して略平行になるようにすることにより、図12に示すように平板状に折り畳むことができる。 In the packaging box P having the above configuration, the inner box portion A can be folded as described above, and the outer box portion B has a sleeve-shaped portion 205, so that the packaging box P has a substantially sleeve-like shape as a whole. Even in the state of the packaging box P, it can be folded into a flat plate shape so that the front portion 210 is substantially parallel to the side surface portion 230 and the side surface portion 220 is substantially parallel to the back surface portion 240. By doing so, it can be folded into a flat plate shape as shown in FIG.

なお、上記内箱部A及び外箱部Bにおいて、各折れ線の箇所には、予め罫線が形成されている。 In the inner box portion A and the outer box portion B, a ruled line is formed in advance at each polygonal line.

上記構成の包装箱Pの製造工程について説明する。まず、展開状態の内箱部Aと外箱部Bとを製造する。 The manufacturing process of the packaging box P having the above configuration will be described. First, the inner box portion A and the outer box portion B in the unfolded state are manufactured.

次に、外箱部Bの内側の面に内箱部Aの外側の面を接着させる(第1接着工程)。つまり、展開状態の外箱部Bの内側の面を上側にして、片部224における分離部24との接着領域と片部234における分離部34との接着領域に接着剤を塗布して、展開状態の内箱部Aを図10に示すように重ねる。これにより、分離部24と片部224が接着され、分離部34と片部234が接着される。その際、外箱部Bのスリーブ状部205の下辺と内箱部Aのスリーブ状部5の下辺とが略一致する(一致するとしてもよい)ようにし、また、外箱部Bと内箱部Aとにおいて、折れ線C2と折れ線C12を一致させる。なお、スリーブ状部5とスリーブ状部205において、互いに対応する部材の横方向の長さは、外箱部Bの方が長く形成されているので、図8に示すように、折れ線C13は、折れ線C3に対して外側にずれ、折れ線C11は折れ線C1に対して外側にずれる。なお、外箱部A2のスリーブ状部205の下辺と内箱部Aのスリーブ状部5の下辺とを略一致させるので、内箱部が外箱部の下方から見えてしまい見栄えが悪くなることがない。 Next, the outer surface of the inner box portion A is adhered to the inner surface of the outer box portion B (first bonding step). That is, with the inner surface of the outer box portion B in the unfolded state facing upward, the adhesive is applied to the adhesive region between the separated portion 24 and the separated portion 34 in the single portion 224 and the adhesive region is applied to the separated portion 34 in the single portion 234 to develop the outer box portion B. The inner box portions A in the state are overlapped as shown in FIG. As a result, the separation portion 24 and the piece portion 224 are adhered, and the separation portion 34 and the piece portion 234 are adhered. At that time, the lower side of the sleeve-shaped portion 205 of the outer box portion B and the lower side of the sleeve-shaped portion 5 of the inner box portion A are made to substantially match (may be matched), and the outer box portion B and the inner box are also made to coincide with each other. In the part A, the polygonal line C2 and the polygonal line C12 are made to coincide with each other. In the sleeve-shaped portion 5 and the sleeve-shaped portion 205, the lateral lengths of the members corresponding to each other are formed longer in the outer box portion B. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 8, the polygonal line C13 is formed. The polygonal line C3 is displaced outward with respect to the polygonal line C3, and the polygonal line C11 is displaced outward with respect to the polygonal line C1. Since the lower side of the sleeve-shaped portion 205 of the outer box portion A2 and the lower side of the sleeve-shaped portion 5 of the inner box portion A are substantially aligned with each other, the inner box portion can be seen from below the outer box portion, resulting in poor appearance. There is no.

なお、外箱部Bに内箱部Aを接着した状態では、接着板部126は、フラップ部260に対して突出し、接着板部126の一部は、外箱部B(具体的には、フラップ部260)に重ならない非重なり領域となる。 In the state where the inner box portion A is adhered to the outer box portion B, the adhesive plate portion 126 protrudes from the flap portion 260, and a part of the adhesive plate portion 126 is the outer box portion B (specifically, the outer box portion B (specifically, It is a non-overlapping region that does not overlap the flap portion 260).

次に、接着板部126と第1片部60の接着板部126との接着領域のいずれかへの接着剤の塗布と、正面前板部110と正面後板部124のいずれかへの接着剤の塗布と、ポケット前部前板部112とポケット前部後板部114のいずれかへの接着剤の塗布を行い、その後、接着板部126と正面後板部124とポケット上部右板部122とポケット上部左板部120と支持板部118と連結板部116とポケット前部後板部114からなる領域(以下「正面部10における先端側領域」とする)を折れ線C21を介してポケット前部前板部112に対して折り返して、図9に示すようにする。これにより、接着板部126と第1片部60とが接着され、正面前板部110と正面後板部124とが接着され、ポケット前部前板部112とポケット前部後板部14とが接着される(第2接着工程)。なお、接着剤を塗布する領域として、ポケット前部前板部112とする場合には、図6の領域R1に接着剤を塗布し、正面前板部110とする場合には、図6の領域R2に接着剤を塗布し、第1片部60とする場合には、領域R3に接着剤を塗布する。 Next, the adhesive is applied to any of the adhesive regions of the adhesive plate portion 126 and the adhesive plate portion 126 of the first piece portion 60, and the adhesive is adhered to either the front front plate portion 110 and the front rear plate portion 124. The agent is applied, and the adhesive is applied to either the front front plate portion 112 of the pocket or the front rear plate portion 114 of the pocket, and then the adhesive plate portion 126, the front rear plate portion 124, and the upper right plate portion of the pocket are applied. A region consisting of 122, a pocket upper left plate portion 120, a support plate portion 118, a connecting plate portion 116, and a pocket front rear plate portion 114 (hereinafter referred to as "tip side region in the front portion 10") is pocketed via a folding line C21. It is folded back with respect to the front front plate portion 112 so as to be shown in FIG. As a result, the adhesive plate portion 126 and the first piece portion 60 are adhered, the front front plate portion 110 and the front rear plate portion 124 are adhered to each other, and the pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 14 are bonded to each other. Is bonded (second bonding step). When the front front plate portion 112 of the pocket is used as the region to which the adhesive is applied, the region R1 of FIG. 6 is coated with the adhesive, and when the front plate portion 110 is used as the front front plate portion 110, the region of FIG. When an adhesive is applied to R2 to form the first piece 60, the adhesive is applied to the region R3.

正面部10における先端側領域を折れ線C21を介して傾斜前板部112に対して折り返す際には、組立て装置においては、図13(a)に示すように、搬送されてくる内箱部A及び外箱部Bの接着板部120(特に、非重なり領域)にフック(フック状部材、係止用部材)300を係止させ(引っ掛けとしてもよい)、フック300は、接着板部120に係止した状態で正面部10における先端側領域を持ち上げる方向(300Aに示す回動方向)に回動し、フック300が回動するとともに、内箱部A及び外箱部Bが搬送されてくるので、正面部10における先端側領域は、正面部10における基端側領域(該基端側領域は、ポケット前部前板部112と正面前板部110とからなる)に対して立ち上がっていき、図13(b)に示すように、正面部10における先端側領域が、正面部10における基端側領域に対して直角の状態になると、今度は、フック300は、正面部10の先端側領域が正面部10の基端側領域に対して折り畳む方向(300Bに示す回動方向、300Aの方向とは逆の回動方向)に回動して、図13(c)に示すように、正面部10は、二つ折りの状態となる。フック300は、回動軸300Pを中心に回動し、回動軸300Pの軸芯は搬送方向と直角の方向で水平方向(外箱部Bの配置面の方向)となっている。なお、本実施例の製造工程では、内箱部A及び外箱部Bの搬送は、正面部10において、接着板部120を先頭側とし正面前板部110を後尾側として搬送され、また、内箱部A及び外箱部Bの搬送は等速で行われる。また、フック300の回動軸の方向は、内箱部A及び外箱部Bの搬送方向と直角の方向にあるといえる。また、フック300の300Aに示す回動方向は、搬送方向の側への回動方向であり、300Bに示す回動方向は、搬送方向の側への回動方向とは逆の回動方向である。なお、図13は、正面部10の位置で正面部10の下辺と直角の方向に破断した際の端面図であるといえる。また、正面部10における先端側領域は、「特定内箱部側面部において、第1折れ線よりも接着板部側の領域」である。 When the tip end side region of the front surface portion 10 is folded back with respect to the inclined front plate portion 112 via the polygonal line C21, in the assembling device, as shown in FIG. The hook (hook-shaped member, locking member) 300 is locked (may be hooked) to the adhesive plate portion 120 (particularly, the non-overlapping region) of the outer box portion B, and the hook 300 is engaged with the adhesive plate portion 120. In the stopped state, the front end side region of the front portion 10 is rotated in the lifting direction (rotation direction shown in 300A), the hook 300 is rotated, and the inner box portion A and the outer box portion B are conveyed. The distal end side region in the front portion 10 rises with respect to the proximal end side region in the front portion 10 (the proximal end side region is composed of the front front plate portion 112 of the pocket and the front front plate portion 110). As shown in FIG. 13B, when the front end side region of the front portion 10 is perpendicular to the proximal end side region of the front portion 10, the hook 300 is in this state with respect to the tip end side region of the front portion 10. Rotates in the folding direction (rotation direction shown in 300B, rotation direction opposite to the direction of 300A) with respect to the base end side region of the front portion 10, and as shown in FIG. 13C, the front surface The part 10 is folded in half. The hook 300 rotates about the rotation shaft 300P, and the axis of the rotation shaft 300P is in the horizontal direction (direction of the arrangement surface of the outer box portion B) in the direction perpendicular to the transport direction. In the manufacturing process of this embodiment, the inner box portion A and the outer box portion B are transported in the front portion 10 with the adhesive plate portion 120 as the head side and the front front plate portion 110 as the tail side. The inner box portion A and the outer box portion B are transported at a constant speed. Further, it can be said that the direction of the rotation axis of the hook 300 is a direction perpendicular to the transport direction of the inner box portion A and the outer box portion B. Further, the rotation direction of the hook 300 shown in 300A is a rotation direction toward the transport direction side, and the rotation direction shown by 300B is a rotation direction opposite to the rotation direction toward the transport direction side. is there. It can be said that FIG. 13 is an end view when the front portion 10 is broken in a direction perpendicular to the lower side of the front portion 10. Further, the tip side region in the front portion 10 is "a region on the side surface portion of the specific inner box portion on the adhesive plate portion side of the first polygonal line".

以上のように、正面部10における先端側領域の折返しに際しては、フック300で接着板部120を引っ掛けた状態で行なうが、接着板部120に非重なり領域が設けられているので、該非重なり領域をフック300で引っ掛けることができる。 As described above, when the tip side region of the front portion 10 is folded back, the adhesive plate portion 120 is hooked by the hook 300, but since the adhesive plate portion 120 is provided with the non-overlapping region, the non-overlapping region is provided. Can be hooked with the hook 300.

次に、内箱部Aの底面部50を構成する各部をスリーブ状部5に対して内側に折り返し、さらに、第2片部70の先端部74を本体部72に対して外側に折り返すとともに、第3片部80の先端部84を本体部82に対して外側に折り返して、図10に示す状態とする(第2折り返し工程)。つまり、第1片部60を正面部10との境界の折れ線を介して正面部10側に折り返し、第2片部70を側面部20との境界の折れ線を介して側面部20側に折り返し、第3片部80を側面部30との境界の折れ線を介して側面部30側に折り返し、第4片部90を背面部40との境界の折れ線を介して背面部40側に折り返し、さらに、先端部74を本体部72に対して折り返すとともに、先端部84を本体部82に対して折り返す。 Next, each portion constituting the bottom surface portion 50 of the inner box portion A is folded back inward with respect to the sleeve-shaped portion 5, and the tip portion 74 of the second piece portion 70 is folded back outward with respect to the main body portion 72. The tip portion 84 of the third piece portion 80 is folded outward with respect to the main body portion 82 to be in the state shown in FIG. 10 (second folding step). That is, the first piece 60 is folded back toward the front surface 10 via the polygonal line at the boundary with the front surface 10, and the second piece 70 is folded back toward the side surface 20 via the polygonal line at the boundary with the side surface 20. The third piece 80 is folded back toward the side surface 30 via the polygonal line at the boundary with the side surface 30, the fourth piece 90 is folded back toward the back surface 40 via the polygonal line at the boundary with the back surface 40, and further. The tip portion 74 is folded back with respect to the main body portion 72, and the tip portion 84 is folded back with respect to the main body portion 82.

次に、先端部74の領域に接着剤を塗布して(第1接着剤塗布工程)、背面部240を折れ線C13を介して側面部220の側に内側に折り返す(折り返し工程)ことにより、背面部40を折れ線C3を介して側面部20側に折り返し、図11に示す状態とする。すると、先端部74が第4片部90に接着される。 Next, an adhesive is applied to the region of the tip portion 74 (first adhesive application step), and the back surface portion 240 is folded back inward toward the side surface portion 220 via the polygonal line C13 (folding process). The portion 40 is folded back toward the side surface portion 20 via the folding line C3, and is in the state shown in FIG. Then, the tip portion 74 is adhered to the fourth piece portion 90.

次に、先端部84の領域と、糊代部49の領域と、糊代部242の領域に接着剤を塗布して(第2接着剤塗布工程)、側面部230を折れ線C11を介して正面部210の側に内側に折り返すことにより、側面部30を折れ線C1を介して正面部10側に折り返し、図12に示す状態とする。すると、先端部84と第1片部60が接着され、糊代部49が側面部30に接着され、糊代部242が背面部240に接着される(第3接着工程)。なお、糊代部49の代わりに、側面部30における糊代部49との接着領域に接着剤を塗布してもよく、また、糊代部242の代わりに、背面部240における糊代部242との接着領域に接着剤を塗布してもよい。以上のようにして、包装箱Pが製造される。なお、上記の製造は、組立て装置により自動で製造される。 Next, an adhesive is applied to the region of the tip portion 84, the region of the glue margin portion 49, and the region of the glue margin portion 242 (second adhesive application step), and the side surface portion 230 is fronted via the polygonal line C11. By folding back inward to the side of the portion 210, the side surface portion 30 is folded back to the front portion 10 side via the folding line C1, and the state shown in FIG. 12 is obtained. Then, the tip portion 84 and the first piece portion 60 are adhered, the glue margin portion 49 is adhered to the side surface portion 30, and the glue margin portion 242 is adhered to the back surface portion 240 (third bonding step). Instead of the glue margin portion 49, an adhesive may be applied to the adhesive region of the side surface portion 30 with the glue margin portion 49, and instead of the glue margin portion 242, the glue margin portion 242 on the back surface portion 240 may be applied. An adhesive may be applied to the adhesive region with. As described above, the packaging box P is manufactured. The above manufacturing is automatically manufactured by the assembling device.

なお、上記の製造工程において、第3片部80を側面部30側に折り返し、第1片部60を正面部10側に折り返し、さらに、先端部84を本体部82に対して折り返す工程は、背面部240を側面部220の側に折り返して、先端部74を第4片部90に接着した後で、先端部84の領域と、糊代部49の領域と、糊代部242の領域に接着剤を塗布する前に行ってもよい。つまり、第2接着工程は、折り返し工程の後に行ってもよい。第3片部80を側面部30側に折り返し、第1片部60を正面部10側に折り返し、さらに、先端部84を本体部82に対して折り返す工程と、その後に、先端部84と糊代部49、242に接着剤を塗布する工程が、第2折り返し・接着剤塗布工程となる。その場合、上記折返し工程では、第2片部70と第4片部90を折り返して、先端部74を折り返し、その後、先端部74に接着剤を塗布することになる(第1折り返し・接着剤塗布工程)。 In the above manufacturing process, the step of folding the third piece 80 toward the side surface 30 side, folding the first piece 60 toward the front surface 10 side, and further folding the tip 84 with respect to the main body 82 is performed. After the back surface portion 240 is folded back to the side surface portion 220 and the tip portion 74 is adhered to the fourth piece portion 90, the region of the tip portion 84, the region of the glue margin portion 49, and the region of the glue margin portion 242 are formed. It may be done before applying the adhesive. That is, the second bonding step may be performed after the folding step. A step of folding back the third piece 80 toward the side surface 30, folding the first piece 60 toward the front surface 10, and then folding the tip 84 against the main body 82, followed by the tip 84 and glue. The step of applying the adhesive to the spare portions 49 and 242 is the second folding / adhesive application step. In that case, in the folding step, the second piece 70 and the fourth piece 90 are folded back, the tip portion 74 is folded back, and then the adhesive is applied to the tip portion 74 (first folding / adhesive). Coating process).

また、先端部74への接着剤の塗布は、第2片部70を折り返し先端部74を折り返した状態で行うとしたが、図9の状態で先端部74(又は第4片部90)に接着剤を塗布した後に、第2片部70を図10に示す状態としてもよい(第1接着剤塗布・折り返し工程)。 Further, the adhesive is applied to the tip portion 74 in a state where the second piece portion 70 is folded back and the tip portion 74 is folded back, but in the state of FIG. 9, the tip portion 74 (or the fourth piece portion 90) is applied. After applying the adhesive, the second piece 70 may be in the state shown in FIG. 10 (first adhesive application / folding step).

また、先端部84への接着剤の塗布は、第3片部80を折り返し先端部84を折り返した状態で行うとしたが、図9の状態で先端部84(又は第1片部60)に接着剤を塗布した後に、第3片部80を図10に示す状態としてもよい(第2接着剤塗布・折り返し工程)。なお、図9の状態で先端部84に接着剤を塗布した後に、第3片部80を図10に示す状態とするのは、背面部240を側面部220の側に折り返して、先端部74を第4片部90に接着した後でもよく(第2接着剤塗布・折り返し工程)、図10の状態で先端部84に接着剤を塗布した後に、第3片部80を図10に示す状態とするのと同時に行ってもよい。 Further, the adhesive is applied to the tip portion 84 in a state where the third piece portion 80 is folded back and the tip portion 84 is folded back, but in the state of FIG. 9, the tip portion 84 (or the first piece portion 60) is applied. After applying the adhesive, the third piece 80 may be in the state shown in FIG. 10 (second adhesive application / folding step). After applying the adhesive to the tip portion 84 in the state of FIG. 9, the third piece portion 80 is in the state shown in FIG. 10 by folding the back surface portion 240 toward the side surface portion 220 and the tip portion 74. May be after adhering to the fourth piece 90 (second adhesive application / folding step), and after applying the adhesive to the tip 84 in the state of FIG. 10, the third piece 80 is shown in FIG. It may be done at the same time as.

上記構成の包装箱Pの使用状態について説明する。包装箱Pを使用しない状況では、包装箱Pは平板状に折り畳むことができるので、折り畳んで保管しておく。すなわち、外箱部Bがスリーブ状部205を有するとともに、内箱部Aがスリーブ状部5を有しているので、包装箱Pの状態においても平板状に折り畳むことができ、正面部210と側面部220間の角度を大きくし、側面部230と背面部240間の角度を大きくすることにより、図12に示すように平板状に折り畳むことができる。 The usage state of the packaging box P having the above configuration will be described. When the packaging box P is not used, the packaging box P can be folded into a flat plate shape, so that the packaging box P is folded and stored. That is, since the outer box portion B has the sleeve-shaped portion 205 and the inner box portion A has the sleeve-shaped portion 5, it can be folded into a flat plate shape even in the state of the packaging box P, and the front portion 210 By increasing the angle between the side surface portions 220 and increasing the angle between the side surface portion 230 and the back surface portion 240, it can be folded into a flat plate shape as shown in FIG.

次に、包装箱Pを使用する際に、包装箱Pを組み立てる。すなわち、外箱部Bにおける正面部210と背面部240とが互いに平行になり、側面部220と側面部230とが互いに平行になるようにするとともに、内箱部Aにおける正面部10と背面部40とが互いに平行になり、側面部20と側面部30とが互いに平行になるようにし、底面部50がスリーブ状部5、205に対して直角になるようにすることにより包装箱Pが立体状に組み立てられる。 Next, when using the packaging box P, the packaging box P is assembled. That is, the front portion 210 and the back portion 240 in the outer box portion B are parallel to each other, the side surface portion 220 and the side surface portion 230 are parallel to each other, and the front portion 10 and the back surface portion in the inner box portion A are parallel to each other. The packaging box P is three-dimensional by making the side surface portion 20 and the side surface portion 30 parallel to each other and the bottom surface portion 50 perpendicular to the sleeve-shaped portions 5 and 205. Assembled into a shape.

そして、図14に示すように、包装箱Pの上方から複数の内箱被収納物(商品)Gを内箱部A内に収納する。図14は、袋状の商品である例を示しているが、他の内箱被収納物であってもよい。なお、蓋部270、280及びフラップ部260、290は、予め上方に立設した状態になっていて、外箱部Bの上方が開口した状態になっているので、内箱被収納物Gはそのまま包装箱Pの上方から収納すればよい。その後、フラップ部260、290を閉じた後に蓋部270、280を閉じて、図15に示すように、接着テープTを外箱部Bの正面部210から上面を経て背面部240側にまで接着させることにより、蓋部270、280を封止する。 Then, as shown in FIG. 14, a plurality of inner box objects (commodities) G are stored in the inner box portion A from above the packaging box P. Although FIG. 14 shows an example of a bag-shaped product, it may be another inner box object to be stored. The lid portion 270, 280 and the flap portion 260, 290 are in a state of being erected upward in advance, and the upper part of the outer box portion B is in an open state. It may be stored as it is from above the packaging box P. Then, after closing the flap portions 260 and 290, the lid portions 270 and 280 are closed, and as shown in FIG. 15, the adhesive tape T is adhered from the front portion 210 of the outer box portion B to the back portion 240 side via the upper surface. The lid portion 270 and 280 are sealed.

以上のようにして、内箱被収納物Gを包装箱Pに包装したら、内箱被収納物Gを収納した包装箱Pを内箱被収納物Gを陳列する場所に搬送する。 After the inner box-contained object G is packaged in the packaging box P as described above, the packaging box P containing the inner box-contained object G is transported to the place where the inner box-contained object G is displayed.

その後、内箱被収納物を陳列する場合には、外箱部Bを内箱部Aから分離する。すなわち、外箱部Bの側面部220の片部226を内側に押し込むことにより片部224の先端に指を引っかけることができるようにした後に、片部224を外側に回動させる。つまり、折れ線C224が回動軸となって片部224が上下方向に回動する。 After that, when displaying the items to be stored in the inner box, the outer box portion B is separated from the inner box portion A. That is, after pushing the piece 226 of the side surface 220 of the outer box B inward so that the finger can be hooked on the tip of the piece 224, the piece 224 is rotated outward. That is, the polygonal line C224 serves as a rotation axis, and the piece 224 rotates in the vertical direction.

同様に、外箱部Bの側面部230の片部236を内側に押し込むことにより片部234の先端に指を引っかけることができるようにした後に、片部234を外側に回動させて、図16に示す状態とする。つまり、折れ線C234が回動軸となって片部234が上下方向に回動する。なお、片部224、234が回動する際の回動軸となる折れ線C224、C234の箇所には、罫線を形成しておかなくても片部224、234を回動させることにより自然と折れ線が形成されるが、予め該折れ線の箇所に罫線を形成しておいてもよい。 Similarly, after making it possible to hook a finger on the tip of the piece 234 by pushing the piece 236 of the side surface 230 of the outer box part B inward, the piece 234 is rotated outward to show the figure. The state shown in 16. That is, the polygonal line C234 serves as a rotation axis, and the piece 234 rotates in the vertical direction. It should be noted that, even if a ruled line is not formed at the points of the polygonal lines C224 and C234 that serve as the rotation axis when the one part 224 and 234 rotate, the polygonal line is naturally formed by rotating the one part 224 and 234. However, a ruled line may be formed in advance at the location of the polygonal line.

すると、外箱部Bの片部224を外側に回動させた際に、同時に分離部24の周囲の切目線24aが破れて、分離部24が内箱部A(具体的には、本体部22)から分離し、回動させた片部224に接着した状態で片部224に従動する。同様に、外箱部Bの片部234を外側に回動させた際に、同時に分離部34の周囲の切目線34aが破れて、分離部34が内箱部A(具体的には、本体部32)から分離し、回動させた片部234に接着した状態で片部234に従動する。 Then, when the piece 224 of the outer box portion B is rotated outward, the cut line 24a around the separation portion 24 is broken at the same time, and the separation portion 24 becomes the inner box portion A (specifically, the main body portion). Separated from 22) and adhered to the rotated piece 224, the piece 224 is driven. Similarly, when the piece 234 of the outer box portion B is rotated outward, the cut line 34a around the separation portion 34 is broken at the same time, and the separation portion 34 becomes the inner box portion A (specifically, the main body). Separated from the part 32) and adhered to the rotated piece 234, the piece 234 is driven.

そして、図17に示すように、外箱部Bを上方に引き上げることにより、内箱被収納物、つまり、商品Gを収納した状態で、かつ、分離部24、34が分離した状態の内箱部Aが残るので、商品Gを収納した状態で内箱部Aを陳列する。商品Gを陳列する際には、傾斜前板部112を傾斜させて表示状態とする。 Then, as shown in FIG. 17, by pulling up the outer box portion B upward, the inner box to be stored, that is, the inner box in which the product G is stored and the separation portions 24 and 34 are separated. Since the part A remains, the inner box part A is displayed with the product G stored. When displaying the product G, the inclined front plate portion 112 is tilted to display the product G.

次に、正面部10を組み立てて、ポケットを展開した状態(展開状態のポケットを形成した状態としてもよい)にするには、まず、ポケット前板部111を手前に引く。すなわち、開口部10hに指を入れて、ポケット前部前板部112の右下の端部をつかみ、手前(正面側)に引っ張る(図18参照)。 Next, in order to assemble the front portion 10 and bring the pockets into the unfolded state (the pockets in the unfolded state may be formed), first, the pocket front plate portion 111 is pulled toward the front. That is, a finger is inserted into the opening 10h to grab the lower right end of the front pocket plate portion 112 and pull it toward the front (front side) (see FIG. 18).

すると、ポケット前部前板部112の下端が正面前板部110に対して引っ張られるので、切目線110Kが切断し、ポケット前部前板部112が手前にひっぱられるに伴い、ポケット前部前板部112に接着されたポケット前部後板部114も正面側に移動して、正面後板部124から離れるので、切目線124Ka、124Kbが切断する。 Then, since the lower end of the pocket front front plate portion 112 is pulled with respect to the front front plate portion 110, the cut line 110K is cut and the pocket front front plate portion 112 is pulled toward the front of the pocket. Since the pocket front rear plate 114 adhered to the plate 112 also moves to the front side and separates from the front rear plate 124, the cut lines 124Ka and 124Kb are cut.

また、図19に示すように、ポケット前部前板部112が手前に引っ張られて移動するのに伴い、ポケット上部左板部120とポケット上部右板部122と支持板部118が正面後板部124に対して回動し、連結板部116がポケット前部後板部114に対して背面側に回動するとともに、支持板部118に対して背面側(具体的には、背面側斜め上方)に回動するので、これにより、切目線118Ka、118Kbが切断して、突状部118−1、118−2がポケット前部前板部112の裏面を押して、突状部118−1、118−2の位置(具体的には、左右方向の範囲において、ポケット前部前板部112とポケット前部後板部114の接着された領域よりも外側の範囲(突状部118−1、118−2の位置を含む))でポケット前部前板部112とポケット前部後板部114間に隙間が形成されて、側面視において、ポケット前部前板部112とポケット前部後板部114とが開いた状態となる(図20参照)。この図20に示す状態では、側面視における支持板部118とポケット前部前板部12がなす上側の角度α11は、鈍角を形成する。なお、図20は、図19の状態に対応するものである。 Further, as shown in FIG. 19, as the pocket front front plate portion 112 is pulled toward and moves, the pocket upper left plate portion 120, the pocket upper right plate portion 122, and the support plate portion 118 are moved to the front rear plate. It rotates with respect to the portion 124, the connecting plate portion 116 rotates to the back side with respect to the pocket front rear plate portion 114, and the back side with respect to the support plate portion 118 (specifically, the back side obliquely). Since it rotates upward), the cut lines 118Ka and 118Kb are cut, and the protruding portions 118-1 and 118-2 push the back surface of the front front plate portion 112 of the pocket to push the protruding portion 118-1. , 118-2 position (specifically, in the range in the left-right direction, the range outside the bonded region of the pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114 (protruding portion 118-1). , 118-2)), a gap is formed between the pocket front front plate 112 and the pocket front rear plate 114, and in side view, the pocket front front plate 112 and the pocket front rear The plate portion 114 and the plate portion 114 are in an open state (see FIG. 20). In the state shown in FIG. 20, the upper angle α11 formed by the support plate portion 118 and the front pocket portion 12 in the side view forms an obtuse angle. Note that FIG. 20 corresponds to the state of FIG.

なお、突状部118−1、118−2がポケット前部前板部114を押して、ポケット前部前板部112とポケット前部後板部114間に隙間が形成された状態では、ポケット前部後板部114の左右方向における中央領域(折れ線C24の一方の端部から他方の端部までの領域)はポケット前部前板部112と接着されているので、ポケット前部後板部114は、接着領域が正面側に膨出し、左右の端部側にいくに従い、背面側に湾曲した形状となる。 In the state where the protruding portions 118-1 and 118-2 push the pocket front front plate portion 114 to form a gap between the pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114, the front of the pocket is formed. Since the central region of the rear plate portion 114 in the left-right direction (the region from one end to the other end of the polygonal line C24) is adhered to the front front plate portion 112 of the pocket, the front rear plate portion 114 of the pocket The adhesive region bulges toward the front side and becomes curved toward the back side as it goes to the left and right end sides.

その後、さらに、ポケット前部111を正面側下方に引き出すことにより、支持板部118が正面側に回動し、支持板部118とポケット前部前板部112がなす上側の角度が小さくなり、側面視において、支持板部116がポケット前部前板部112に対して直角の状態となった際に、ポケット前部前板部112とポケット前部後板部114間の隙間が最も大きくなる。支持板部116がポケット前部前板部112に対して直角では、ポケット上部左板部120とポケット上部右板部122もポケット前部前板部112に対して略直角の状態となる。 After that, by further pulling out the front pocket portion 111 downward on the front side, the support plate portion 118 rotates to the front side, and the upper angle formed by the support plate portion 118 and the front front plate portion 112 of the pocket becomes smaller. In the side view, when the support plate portion 116 is at a right angle to the pocket front front plate portion 112, the gap between the pocket front front plate portion 112 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114 becomes the largest. .. When the support plate portion 116 is perpendicular to the pocket front front plate portion 112, the pocket upper left plate portion 120 and the pocket upper right plate portion 122 are also substantially perpendicular to the pocket front front plate portion 112.

その後、さらに、ポケット前部111を下方に移動させて、ポケット上部左板部120とポケット上部右板部122が正面側に下方に傾斜するまで傾けると、支持板部116とポケット前部前板部112がなす上側の角度が直角よりもさらに小さくなり、支持板部118の突状部118−1、118−2の先端のポケット前部前板部112の裏面との接触が解除されて、突状部118−1、118−2の先端とポケット前部前板部112の裏面との間に隙間が形成される。また、ポケット前部111を下方に十分移動させて、ポケット上部左板部120とポケット上部右板部122と支持板部118の正面後板部124に対する折曲げを十分行なうと、連結板部116がポケット前部後板部114と支持板部118に対して十分折り曲げられる。 After that, when the pocket front portion 111 is further moved downward and tilted until the pocket upper left plate portion 120 and the pocket upper right plate portion 122 are tilted downward toward the front side, the support plate portion 116 and the pocket front front plate are further tilted. The angle of the upper side formed by the portion 112 becomes smaller than the right angle, and the contact with the back surface of the pocket front front plate portion 112 at the tips of the protruding portions 118-1 and 118-2 of the support plate portion 118 is released. A gap is formed between the tips of the projecting portions 118-1 and 118-2 and the back surface of the front pocket portion 112. Further, when the pocket front portion 111 is sufficiently moved downward and the pocket upper left plate portion 120, the pocket upper right plate portion 122, and the support plate portion 118 are sufficiently bent with respect to the front rear plate portion 124, the connecting plate portion 116 is sufficiently bent. Is sufficiently bent with respect to the front rear plate portion 114 and the support plate portion 118 of the pocket.

そして、ポケット前部111を下方に移動させていた力を解除することにより、支持板部118とポケット上部左板部120とポケット上部右板部122の正面後板部124に対する折曲げから復帰しようとして、、支持板部118とポケット上部左板部120とポケット上部右板部122の正面側の端部が上昇してポケット前部111が上昇するが、支持板部118のポケット前部前板部112に対する角度が略直角の位置で、突状部118−1、118−2の先端がポケット前部前板部112の裏面に接し、これにより、ポケット前部111の上昇が停止して、図21〜図23に示す様に、ポケット前部111と下正面部109(特に、正面後板部124)と支持板部118とポケット上部左板部120とポケット上部右板部122とで囲まれた展開状態のポケット(収納部)Wが形成される。 Then, by releasing the force that moved the front pocket 111 downward, let's recover from the bending of the support plate 118, the upper left plate 120 of the pocket, and the right upper pocket 122 122 with respect to the front rear plate 124. As a result, the front end of the support plate 118, the pocket upper left plate 120, and the pocket upper right plate 122 rises to raise the pocket front 111, but the pocket front front plate of the support plate 118 rises. At a position where the angle with respect to the portion 112 is substantially perpendicular, the tips of the protruding portions 118-1 and 118-2 come into contact with the back surface of the pocket front front plate portion 112, whereby the ascent of the pocket front portion 111 is stopped. As shown in FIGS. 21 to 23, the pocket front portion 111, the lower front portion 109 (particularly, the front rear plate portion 124), the support plate portion 118, the pocket upper left plate portion 120, and the pocket upper right plate portion 122 are surrounded. A pocket (storage part) W in an unfolded state is formed.

形成された展開状態のポケットにおいては、ポケット前部111と下正面部109とが互いに略平行に鉛直方向に配置され(特に、ポケット前部後板部114と下正面部109(特に、正面後板部124)が平行(略平行としてもよい)となる)、支持板部118は略水平方向となる。また、連結板部116は、側面視において、支持板部118とポケット前部後板部114に対して略45度をなす。なお、連結板部118が支持板部118とポケット前部後板部114に対して傾斜した状態となるので、支持板部116がポケット前部前板部112に対して略直角にしやすいといえる。 In the formed pocket in the expanded state, the front portion 111 of the pocket and the lower front portion 109 are arranged in the vertical direction substantially parallel to each other (particularly, the front rear plate portion 114 of the pocket and the lower front portion 109 (particularly, the front rear portion). The plate portion 124) is parallel (may be substantially parallel), and the support plate portion 118 is in the substantially horizontal direction. Further, the connecting plate portion 116 forms approximately 45 degrees with respect to the support plate portion 118 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114 in a side view. Since the connecting plate portion 118 is inclined with respect to the support plate portion 118 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114, it can be said that the support plate portion 116 is likely to be substantially perpendicular to the pocket front front plate portion 112. ..

このポケットに、商品の広告や説明等を記載したカード等のポケット被収納物を収納して使用することができる。なお、正面後板部124には、支持板部118が正面側に折曲されていることにより、左右方向に折れ線C25の長さ(最小長さ)の切欠きが形成されているので、ポケット被収納物の左右方向の長さは、折れ線C25の長さよりも長いものとし、また、ポケット上部左板部120とポケット上部右板部122が設けられているので、被収納物の左右方向の長さは、折れ線C21cの長さよりも短いものとする。また、ポケットWの左側面側と右側面側の面には壁部は設けられていないので、ポケット被収納物の上下方向の長さは、折れ線C22a(折れ線C22bとしてもよい)と折れ線C25間の上下方向の長さよりも長くする。 In this pocket, a pocket-enclosed object such as a card on which an advertisement or explanation of a product is written can be stored and used. Since the support plate portion 118 is bent toward the front side in the front rear plate portion 124, a notch having a length (minimum length) of the folding line C25 is formed in the left-right direction. The length of the stored object in the left-right direction is longer than the length of the folding line C25, and since the pocket upper left plate portion 120 and the pocket upper right plate portion 122 are provided, the stored object is provided in the left-right direction. The length shall be shorter than the length of the folding line C21c. Further, since no wall portion is provided on the left side surface side and the right side surface side of the pocket W, the length of the pocket object to be stored in the vertical direction is between the polygonal line C22a (may be the polygonal line C22b) and the polygonal line C25. Make it longer than the vertical length of.

以上のようにして、内箱部Aの正面側に商品の広告や説明等を記載したカード等のポケット被収納物を配置した状態で、内箱被収納物(つまり、商品)を内箱部Aに収納した状態で内箱被収納物を陳列することができる。特に、ポケットWは正面側に突出して設けられるため、内箱被収納物を収納した状態の内箱部Aを棚に置いた状態では、プライスレール(つまり、棚に載置される物の脱落を防止し、値札を設置するためのプライスレール)を正面側に超えてポケット被収納物を配置できるので、ポケットに収納されたカード等のポケット被収納物をユーザに気づきやすくして販促効果を高めることができる。 As described above, with the pocket-contained item such as a card on which the advertisement or explanation of the product is written is arranged on the front side of the inner box portion A, the inner box-contained item (that is, the product) is placed in the inner box portion. The items to be stored in the inner box can be displayed in the state of being stored in A. In particular, since the pocket W is provided so as to project to the front side, the price rail (that is, the object to be placed on the shelf falls off) when the inner box portion A in which the inner box to be stored is placed on the shelf. Since the pocket storage items can be placed beyond the front side of the price rail for installing the price tag, the pocket storage items such as cards stored in the pockets can be easily noticed by the user, and the sales promotion effect can be improved. Can be enhanced.

また、本実施例の正面部10の構成によれば、傾斜部111を正面側に引き出す操作を行なうのみでポケットを形成できるので、操作が極めて容易である。特に、ポケットを形成するに際して、差込みや係止の操作がないので、ポケットを形成するための操作が容易となる。 Further, according to the configuration of the front portion 10 of the present embodiment, the pocket can be formed only by pulling out the inclined portion 111 to the front side, so that the operation is extremely easy. In particular, when forming the pocket, there is no operation of inserting or locking, so that the operation for forming the pocket becomes easy.

なお、展開状態のポケットをポケットが折り畳まれた状態(図18に示す状態。ただし、当然切目線は切断されている)にするには、上記と逆に、ポケット前部111を上側かつ背面側に移動させて、側面視における支持板部118とポケット前部前板部12がなす上側の角度α11が大きくなるように、ポケット上部左板部120、ポケット上部右板部122、支持体部118を正面後板部124に対して背面側に回動させて、図18に示す状態で、ポケットWが折り畳まれる。 In order to make the unfolded pocket into a folded state (the state shown in FIG. 18, but the cut line is naturally cut), the front portion 111 of the pocket is placed on the upper side and the back side, contrary to the above. The upper left plate portion 120 of the pocket, the upper right plate portion 122 of the pocket, and the support portion 118 so that the upper angle α11 formed by the support plate portion 118 and the front front plate portion 12 of the pocket in the side view is increased. Is rotated toward the back side with respect to the front rear plate portion 124, and the pocket W is folded in the state shown in FIG.

なお、本実施例では、ポケットWの展開状態と折畳み状態間の操作を繰り返しても、展開状態において、ある部材が他の部材に係止することがないので、係止箇所の破損がなく、展開状態と折畳み状態とを繰り返して使用することができる。つまり、係止箇所がある場合には、展開状態と折畳み状態を繰り返すうちに、係止箇所が破損するおそれがあるが、そのようなおそれがない。 In this embodiment, even if the operation between the unfolded state and the folded state of the pocket W is repeated, one member does not lock to another member in the unfolded state, so that the locked portion is not damaged. It can be used repeatedly in the unfolded state and the folded state. That is, if there is a locking portion, the locking portion may be damaged while repeating the unfolded state and the folded state, but there is no such possibility.

本実施例の包装箱Pによれば、図1や図2に示すように、上方が開口した包装箱Aに対して上方から内箱被収納物である商品を収納して、蓋部270、280を閉じて1つの接着テープTにより封止するのみであるので、容易に内箱被収納物(商品)の梱包作業を行うことができる。 According to the packaging box P of this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the product to be stored in the inner box is stored from above with respect to the packaging box A having an opening at the top, and the lid portion 270, Since the 280 is only closed and sealed with one adhesive tape T, the packing work of the inner box container (commodity) can be easily performed.

さらに、本実施例の包装箱Pの製造方法によれば、上記のように、外箱部Bと内箱部Aを重ねて接着した後に、接着剤を塗布した後に折り返す工程を2回行う(つまり、図10の状態から図11の状態への工程と、図11の状態から図12の状態への工程)ことにより製造することができるので、包装箱Pの製造が容易となる。 Further, according to the manufacturing method of the packaging box P of the present embodiment, as described above, the outer box portion B and the inner box portion A are overlapped and adhered, and then the adhesive is applied and then the packaging box P is folded back twice (. That is, since it can be manufactured by the step from the state of FIG. 10 to the state of FIG. 11 and the step from the state of FIG. 11 to the state of FIG. 12), the packaging box P can be easily manufactured.

なお、上記の説明においては、支持板部118とポケット前部後板部114の間に連結板部116を設けるとして説明したが、図24に示すように、折れ線C23の構成を省略して、図6におけるポケット前部後板部114と連結板部116とを合わせた形状のポケット前部後構成部113とし、この場合のポケット前部後構成部113は、折れ線が設けられていない1枚の板状とする。これにより、ポケット前部後構成部113から折れ線C24を介して支持板部118が連設されている構成となる。なお、図24の場合には、支持板部118の突状部118−1、118−2の長さ(図24における上下方向の長さ)(基端から先端までの長さ)は、図6の場合に比べて若干短く構成される。 In the above description, the connecting plate portion 116 is provided between the support plate portion 118 and the pocket front rear plate portion 114, but as shown in FIG. 24, the configuration of the polygonal line C23 is omitted. The pocket front rear configuration portion 113 having a shape in which the pocket front rear plate portion 114 and the connecting plate portion 116 in FIG. 6 are combined, and the pocket front rear configuration portion 113 in this case is a single piece without a broken line. It has a plate shape. As a result, the support plate portion 118 is continuously provided from the pocket front portion rear configuration portion 113 via the polygonal line C24. In the case of FIG. 24, the lengths of the projecting portions 118-1 and 118-2 of the support plate portion 118 (the length in the vertical direction in FIG. 24) (the length from the base end to the tip end) are shown in FIG. It is configured to be slightly shorter than the case of 6.

また、上記の説明においては、切目線118Kcと切目線120Kの間に切目線124Kaが設けられ、切目線118Kdと切目線122Kの間に切目線124Kbが設けられているとしたが、切目線124Ka、124Kbの構成を省略して、支持板部116がポケット前部後板部114の左右両側の端部にまで形成されているようにしてもよい。つまり、その場合には、切目線118Kcと118Kaは、切目線120Kの端部(折れ線C22a側の端部)に接し、切目線118Kdと118Kbは、切目線122Kの端部(折れ線C22b側の端部)に接することになる。 Further, in the above description, it is assumed that the cut line 124Ka is provided between the cut line 118Kc and the cut line 120K, and the cut line 124Kb is provided between the cut line 118Kd and the cut line 122K. , 124Kb may be omitted so that the support plate portion 116 is formed up to the left and right end portions of the pocket front portion rear plate portion 114. That is, in that case, the cut lines 118Kc and 118Ka are in contact with the end of the cut line 120K (the end on the polygonal line C22a side), and the cut lines 118Kd and 118Kb are the ends of the polygonal line 122K (the end on the polygonal line C22b side). It will come into contact with the department).

また、外箱部Bにおいて、切目線222a、222c、232a、232cは切断予定線であるとしたが、連続した切込みにより形成された切目線でもよい。 Further, in the outer box portion B, the cut lines 222a, 222c, 232a, and 232c are assumed to be the planned cutting lines, but the cut lines formed by continuous cuts may be used.

なお、上記の説明において、図8〜図12に示す工程で包装箱Pを製造するとして説明したが、外箱部Bと内箱部Aの展開状態を左右対称として製造してもよい。すなわち、図7に示す状態の外箱部Bの上面に図5に示す状態の内箱部Aを重ねて接着し、内箱部Aの底面部を構成する各部を折り返すとともに、第2片部70の先端部と第3片部80の先端部を外側に折り返して、先端部74に接着剤を塗布して背面部240を折り返し、さらに、先端部84と糊代部49、242に接着剤を塗布して側面部230を折り返すことにより包装箱を製造してもよい。その場合に製造された包装箱は、図1〜図4の構成に際して左右対称に形成されることになる。 In the above description, the packaging box P is manufactured in the steps shown in FIGS. 8 to 12, but the outer box portion B and the inner box portion A may be manufactured symmetrically. That is, the inner box portion A in the state shown in FIG. 5 is overlapped and adhered to the upper surface of the outer box portion B in the state shown in FIG. 7, each portion constituting the bottom surface portion of the inner box portion A is folded back, and the second piece portion is formed. The tip of 70 and the tip of the third piece 80 are folded outward, an adhesive is applied to the tip 74, the back surface 240 is folded back, and the adhesive is further applied to the tip 84 and the glue margins 49 and 242. The packaging box may be manufactured by applying the above and folding back the side surface portion 230. The packaging box manufactured in that case will be formed symmetrically in the configuration shown in FIGS. 1 to 4.

また、内箱部Aの底面部50において、第2片部70が側面部20から連設され、第3片部80が側面部30から連設されているとしたが、第2片部70と第3片部80の一方が正面部10から連設され、他方が背面部40から連設され、第1片部60と第4片部90の一方が側面部20から連設され、他方が側面部30から連設されるものとしてもよい。 Further, in the bottom surface portion 50 of the inner box portion A, the second piece portion 70 is continuously provided from the side surface portion 20, and the third piece portion 80 is continuously provided from the side surface portion 30, but the second piece portion 70 is connected. And one of the third piece 80 is connected from the front surface 10, the other is connected from the back surface 40, one of the first piece 60 and the fourth piece 90 is connected from the side surface 20, and the other. May be continuously provided from the side surface portion 30.

また、上記の説明では、内箱部Aの底面部50はワンタッチ底であるとしたが、これには限られず、例えば、アメリカンロック(底組み形式)やA式(みかん箱の形式)であってもよい。なお、アメリカンロックやA式の場合でも、接着板部126は、底面部を構成する片部で、正面部10(つまり、特定内箱部側面部)の下辺から連設された片部に接着されることになる。 Further, in the above description, the bottom surface portion 50 of the inner box portion A is a one-touch bottom, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, American lock (bottom assembly type) or A type (mandarin orange box type). You may. Even in the case of the American lock or the A type, the adhesive plate portion 126 is a single portion constituting the bottom surface portion, and is adhered to a single portion continuously provided from the lower side of the front portion 10 (that is, the side surface portion of the specific inner box portion). Will be done.

なお、アメリカンロックやA式の場合には、製造工程において、スリーブ状部5の下辺から連設された各部をスリーブ状部5に対して内側に折り返す工程や、スリーブ状部5の下辺から連設された各部も接着剤を塗布する工程は行われない。 In the case of the American lock or the A type, in the manufacturing process, each part connected from the lower side of the sleeve-shaped part 5 is folded back inward with respect to the sleeve-shaped part 5, or connected from the lower side of the sleeve-shaped part 5. The step of applying the adhesive is not performed on each of the provided parts.

また、外箱部A2においては、スリーブ状部105の上辺から連設された上面部160、170、180、190は、A式であるとしたが、他の形式、例えば、B式(一対の内フラップと蓋部とを有し、蓋部が、スリーブ状部105から連設された蓋部本体と、蓋部本体の先端から連設され、スリーブ状部105の内側に差し込まれる差込み片部とを有するもの)としてもよい。 Further, in the outer box portion A2, the upper surface portions 160, 170, 180, 190 continuously provided from the upper side of the sleeve-shaped portion 105 are of the A type, but other types, for example, the B type (a pair). An insertion piece portion having an inner flap and a lid portion, the lid portion being continuously provided from the sleeve-shaped portion 105 and the lid portion main body connected from the tip of the lid portion main body, and being inserted into the inside of the sleeve-shaped portion 105. It may have (and).

また、上記の説明において、内箱部Aにおいて、分離部24、34が設けられるのは、スリーブ状部5において相対する側面部(側面部20と側面部30)であるとしたが、これには限られず、スリーブ状部5を構成する4つの部材(正面部10と側面部20、30と背面部40)(4つの側面部としてもよい)において、互いに隣接する部材に分離部を設けてもよい。例えば、正面部10の構成を図5における4つの部材のうちの端部に位置する部材(例えば、背面部40)の位置に配置し、分離部を内側の2つの部材(図5における正面部10と側面部20の位置の部材)に配置してもよい。 Further, in the above description, it is assumed that the separation portions 24 and 34 are provided in the inner box portion A on the side surface portions (side surface portion 20 and side surface portion 30) facing each other in the sleeve-shaped portion 5. The four members (front portion 10, side surface portions 20, 30 and back surface portion 40) (which may be four side surface portions) constituting the sleeve-shaped portion 5 are provided with separation portions on the members adjacent to each other. May be good. For example, the configuration of the front portion 10 is arranged at the position of the member located at the end of the four members in FIG. 5 (for example, the back portion 40), and the separation portion is arranged at the inner two members (front portion in FIG. 5). 10 and the member at the position of the side surface portion 20) may be arranged.

同様に、外箱部Bにおいて、片部224、234が設けられるのは、スリーブ状部205において相対する側面部(側面部220と側面部230)であるとしたが、これには限られず、スリーブ状部205を構成する4つの部材(正面部210と側面部220、230と背面部240)(4つの側面部としてもよい)において、互いに隣接する部材に分離部と接着する片部を設けてもよい。 Similarly, in the outer box portion B, the piece portions 224 and 234 are provided on the opposite side surface portions (side surface portion 220 and side surface portion 230) in the sleeve-shaped portion 205, but the present invention is not limited to this. In the four members (front portion 210 and side portions 220, 230 and back portion 240) (which may be four side surface portions) constituting the sleeve-shaped portion 205, one portion that adheres to the separation portion is provided on the members adjacent to each other. You may.

P 包装箱
A 内箱部
B 外箱部
5、205 スリーブ状部
10、210 正面部
10h、10ha、10hb 開口部
20、30、220、230 側面部
22、32 本体部
24、34 分離部
24a、34a、110K、120K、122K、118Ka、118Ka−3、118Kb、118Kb−3、118Kc、118Kd、222、232 切目線
40、240 背面部
49、242 糊代部
50 底面部
60 第1片部
70 第2片部
74、84 先端部
80 第3片部
90 第4片部
110 正面前板部
112 ポケット前部前板部
113 ポケット前部後構成部
114 ポケット前部後板部
116 連結板部
118 支持板部
118−1、118−2 突状部
120 ポケット上部左板部
122 ポケット上部右板部
124 正面後板部
126 接着板部
C1、C2、C3、C4、C5、C10、C11、C12、C13、C21a、C21b、C22a、C22b、C23、C24、C25 折れ線
P Packaging box A Inner box part B Outer box part 5,205 Sleeve-shaped part 10,210 Front part 10h, 10ha, 10hb Opening 20, 30, 220, 230 Side part 22, 32 Main body part 24, 34 Separation part 24a, 34a, 110K, 120K, 122K, 118Ka, 118Ka-3, 118Kb, 118Kb-3, 118Kc, 118Kd, 222, 232 Cut line 40, 240 Back part 49, 242 Glue allowance part 50 Bottom part 60 1st piece 70th 2 Pieces 74, 84 Tip 80 3rd Piece 90 4th Piece 110 Front Front Plate 112 Pocket Front Front Plate 113 Pocket Front Rear Component 114 Pocket Front Rear Plate 116 Connecting Plate 118 Support Plate part 118-1, 118-2 Protruding part 120 Pocket upper left plate part 122 Pocket upper right plate part 124 Front rear plate part 126 Adhesive plate part C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C10, C11, C12, C13 , C21a, C21b, C22a, C22b, C23, C24, C25 break line

Claims (16)

箱体であって、
底面部(50)と、
底面部の各辺から立設し底面部に対して略直角をなす側面構成部で、第1側面部(10)と、第1側面部の両側に隣り合う第2側面部(20)及び第3側面部(30)を有する側面構成部(5)と、
を有し、
箱体が、シート状のブランクにより形成され、
第1側面部が、
底面部から連設されるとともに、第2側面部及び第3側面部と隣り合う基部前板部(110)と、
基部前板部の上側に第1切目線(110K)を介して連設されたポケット前部前板部(112)と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺から第1折れ線(C21c)を介して連設され、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後構成部(113)と、
ポケット前部後構成部のポケット前部前板部とは反対側の辺部から第2折れ線(C24)を介して連設されるとともに、第2折れ線の一方の端部から形成された第2切目線(118KA)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接するとともに、第2折れ線の他方の端部から形成された第3切目線(118KB)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第2切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第1突状部(116−1)と、第3切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第2突状部(116−2)を有する支持板部(118)と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第1折れ線の両側の部分における一方から第3折れ線(C21a)を介して連設された第1ポケット上部板部(120)と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第1折れ線の両側の部分における他方から第4折れ線(C21b)を介して連設された第2ポケット上部板部(122)と、
支持板部のポケット前部後構成部側とは反対側の辺部から第5折れ線(C25)を介して連設され、第1ポケット上部板部の第3折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第6折れ線(C22a)を介して連設され、第2ポケット上部板部の第4折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第7折れ線(C22b)を介して連設され、第1側面部の外側の面側を正面側とした場合に、基部前板部の背面側の面に接着して設けられた基部後板部(124)と、
を有し、
第1折れ線と第2折れ線と第3折れ線と第4折れ線と第5折れ線と第6折れ線と第7折れ線は平行に形成され、
第1切目線を切断する前の状態では、ポケット前部後構成部(113)と支持板部(118)と第1ポケット上部板部(120)と第2ポケット上部板部(122)と基部後板部(124)からなる領域は、基部前板部(110)とポケット前部前板部(112)からなる領域に対して、第1折れ線と第3折れ線と第4折れ線を介して折り返した状態であり、
第1切目線を切断して、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部とからなるポケット前部(111)を正面側に引き出すことにより、支持板部を基部後板部に対して正面側に回動させるとともに、ポケット前部後構成部を支持板部に対して回動させ、
ポケット前部後構成部が支持板部に対して回動することにより、第1突状部と第2突状部がポケット前部前板部の裏側の面を押した状態で、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定されて、第1側面部により構成され、支持板部を底面とする収納部が形成され、該収納部においては、基部(109)とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して配置されることを特徴とする箱体。
It ’s a box,
Bottom part (50) and
It is a side surface component that stands up from each side of the bottom surface and forms a substantially right angle to the bottom surface. The first side surface portion (10), the second side surface portion (20) adjacent to both sides of the first side surface portion, and the second side surface portion. A side component (5) having three side surfaces (30) and
Have,
The box body is formed by a sheet-like blank,
The first side surface is
A base front plate portion (110) adjacent to the second side surface portion and the third side surface portion, which is continuously provided from the bottom surface portion,
A pocket front front plate (112) connected to the upper side of the base front plate via the first cut line (110K), and a pocket front front plate (112).
The front part of the pocket The front part of the pocket is connected to the front part of the pocket through the first polygonal line (C21c) from the upper side, which is the side opposite to the front part of the base part of the front part of the pocket. Component part (113) and
A second portion formed from one end of the second folding line, which is connected from the side of the front pocket rear component portion opposite to the front plate portion of the pocket via the second polygonal line (C24). Adjacent to the front and rear pocket components via the cut line (118KA) and adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via the third cut line (118KB) formed from the other end of the second polygonal line. , Has a side portion along the second cut line, has a first protruding portion (116-1) protruding toward the front and rear components of the pocket, and has a side portion along the third cut line, and is a pocket. A support plate portion (118) having a second protruding portion (116-2) protruding toward the front and rear components, and a support plate portion (118).
Upper part of the first pocket which is connected from one side of both sides of the first polygonal line via the third polygonal line (C21a) on the upper side which is the side opposite to the base front plate side of the front pocket front plate portion. Board part (120) and
The upper part of the second pocket, which is the upper side of the front part of the front part of the pocket, which is the side opposite to the side of the front part of the front part of the pocket, and is connected from the other side of the first folding line via the fourth folding line (C21b). Board part (122) and
It is connected from the side of the support plate on the side opposite to the front and rear components of the pocket via the fifth polygonal line (C25), and from the side of the upper plate of the first pocket on the opposite side of the third polygonal line. It is connected via the 6th polygonal line (C22a), and is connected from the side of the upper plate of the 2nd pocket opposite to the 4th polygonal line via the 7th polygonal line (C22b), and is connected to the outside of the 1st side surface portion. When the front side is the front side, the base rear plate portion (124) provided by adhering to the back surface side of the base front plate portion and
Have,
The first polygonal line, the second polygonal line, the third polygonal line, the fourth polygonal line, the fifth polygonal line, the sixth polygonal line, and the seventh polygonal line are formed in parallel.
In the state before cutting the first cut line, the front pocket rear component (113), the support plate (118), the first pocket upper plate (120), the second pocket upper plate (122), and the base. The region consisting of the rear plate portion (124) is folded back via the first polygonal line, the third polygonal line, and the fourth polygonal line with respect to the area consisting of the base front plate portion (110) and the front front plate portion (112) of the pocket. It is in a state of being
By cutting the first cut line and pulling out the pocket front portion (111) including the pocket front front plate portion and the pocket front rear component portion to the front side, the support plate portion is brought to the base rear plate portion. Rotate to the front side and rotate the front and rear pocket components with respect to the support plate.
The support plate portion is in a state where the first protruding portion and the second protruding portion push the back surface of the front front plate portion of the pocket by rotating the rear component portion of the front portion of the pocket with respect to the support plate portion. The rotation angle of the base portion with respect to the rear plate portion is fixed, and a storage portion composed of the first side surface portion and having the support plate portion as the bottom surface is formed. A box body characterized in that the front and back are arranged at intervals.
基部後板部の支持板部側とは反対側の辺部から折れ線を介して接着板部(126)が連設され、接着板部は、基部前板部から連設された底面部に接着されていることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の箱体。 An adhesive plate portion (126) is continuously provided from the side of the base rear plate portion opposite to the support plate portion side via a polygonal line, and the adhesive plate portion is adhered to the bottom surface portion continuously provided from the base front plate portion. The box body according to claim 1, wherein the box body is characterized by being made of. 箱体であって、
底面部(50)と、
底面部の各辺から立設し底面部に対して略直角をなす側面構成部で、第1側面部(10)と、第1側面部の両側に隣り合う第2側面部(20)及び第3側面部(30)を有する側面構成部(5)と、
を有し、
箱体が、シート状のブランクにより形成され、
第1側面部が、
底面部から連設されるとともに、第2側面部及び第3側面部と隣り合う基部前板部(110)と、
基部前板部の上側に第1切目線(110K)を介して連設されたポケット前部前板部(112)と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺から第1折れ線(C21c)を介して連設され、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後構成部(113)と、
ポケット前部後構成部のポケット前部前板部とは反対側の辺部から第2折れ線(C24)を介して連設されるとともに、第2折れ線の一方の端部から形成された第2切目線(118KA)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接するとともに、第2折れ線の他方の端部から形成された第3切目線(118KB)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第2切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第1突状部(116−1)と、第3切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第2突状部(116−2)を有する支持板部(118)と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第1折れ線の両側の部分における一方から第3折れ線(C21a)を介して連設された第1ポケット上部板部(120)と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第1折れ線の両側の部分における他方から第4折れ線(C21b)を介して連設された第2ポケット上部板部(122)と、
支持板部のポケット前部後構成部側とは反対側の辺部から第5折れ線(C25)を介して連設され、第1ポケット上部板部の第3折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第6折れ線(C22a)を介して連設され、第2ポケット上部板部の第4折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第7折れ線(C22b)を介して連設され、第1側面部の外側の面側を正面側とした場合に、基部前板部の背面側に設けられた基部後板部(124)と、
基部後板部の支持板部側とは反対側の辺部から第8折れ線(C26)を介して連設された接着板部で、基部前板部から連設された該底面部に接着された接着板部(126)と、
を有し、
第1折れ線と第2折れ線と第3折れ線と第4折れ線と第5折れ線と第6折れ線と第7折れ線は平行に形成され、
第1切目線を切断する前の状態では、ポケット前部後構成部(113)と支持板部(118)と第1ポケット上部板部(120)と第2ポケット上部板部(122)と基部後板部(124)からなる領域は、基部前板部(110)とポケット前部前板部(112)からなる領域に対して、第1折れ線と第3折れ線と第4折れ線を介して折り返した状態であり、
第1切目線を切断して、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部とからなるポケット前部(111)を正面側に引き出すことにより、支持板部を基部後板部に対して正面側に回動させるとともに、ポケット前部後構成部を支持板部に対して回動させ、
ポケット前部後構成部が支持板部に対して回動することにより、第1突状部と第2突状部がポケット前部前板部の裏側の面を押した状態で、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定されて、第1側面部により構成され、支持板部を底面とする収納部が形成され、該収納部においては、基部(109)とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して配置されることを特徴とする箱体。
It ’s a box,
Bottom part (50) and
It is a side surface component that stands up from each side of the bottom surface and forms a substantially right angle to the bottom surface. The first side surface portion (10), the second side surface portion (20) adjacent to both sides of the first side surface portion, and the second side surface portion. A side component (5) having three side surfaces (30) and
Have,
The box body is formed by a sheet-like blank,
The first side surface is
A base front plate portion (110) adjacent to the second side surface portion and the third side surface portion, which is continuously provided from the bottom surface portion,
A pocket front front plate (112) connected to the upper side of the base front plate via the first cut line (110K), and a pocket front front plate (112).
The front part of the pocket The front part of the pocket is connected to the front part of the pocket through the first polygonal line (C21c) from the upper side, which is the side opposite to the front part of the base part of the front part of the pocket. Component part (113) and
A second portion formed from one end of the second folding line, which is connected from the side of the front pocket rear component portion opposite to the front plate portion of the pocket via the second polygonal line (C24). Adjacent to the front and rear pocket components via the cut line (118KA) and adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via the third cut line (118KB) formed from the other end of the second polygonal line. , Has a side portion along the second cut line, has a first protruding portion (116-1) protruding toward the front and rear components of the pocket, and has a side portion along the third cut line, and is a pocket. A support plate portion (118) having a second protruding portion (116-2) protruding toward the front and rear components, and a support plate portion (118).
Upper part of the first pocket which is connected from one side of both sides of the first polygonal line via the third polygonal line (C21a) on the upper side which is the side opposite to the base front plate side of the front pocket front plate portion. Board part (120) and
The upper part of the second pocket, which is the upper side of the front part of the front part of the pocket, which is the side opposite to the side of the front part of the front part of the pocket, and is connected from the other side of the first folding line via the fourth folding line (C21b). Board part (122) and
It is connected from the side of the support plate on the side opposite to the front and rear components of the pocket via the fifth polygonal line (C25), and from the side of the upper plate of the first pocket on the opposite side of the third polygonal line. It is connected via the 6th polygonal line (C22a), and is connected from the side of the upper plate of the 2nd pocket opposite to the 4th polygonal line via the 7th polygonal line (C22b), and is connected to the outside of the 1st side surface portion. When the surface side of the base is the front side, the base rear plate portion (124) provided on the back side of the base front plate portion and the base rear plate portion (124)
It is an adhesive plate portion that is continuously provided from the side of the base rear plate portion that is opposite to the support plate portion side via the eighth polygonal line (C26), and is adhered to the bottom surface portion that is continuously provided from the base front plate portion. Adhesive plate part (126) and
Have,
The first polygonal line, the second polygonal line, the third polygonal line, the fourth polygonal line, the fifth polygonal line, the sixth polygonal line, and the seventh polygonal line are formed in parallel.
In the state before cutting the first cut line, the front pocket rear component (113), the support plate (118), the first pocket upper plate (120), the second pocket upper plate (122), and the base. The region consisting of the rear plate portion (124) is folded back via the first polygonal line, the third polygonal line, and the fourth polygonal line with respect to the area consisting of the base front plate portion (110) and the front front plate portion (112) of the pocket. It is in a state of being
By cutting the first cut line and pulling out the pocket front portion (111) including the pocket front front plate portion and the pocket front rear component portion to the front side, the support plate portion is brought to the base rear plate portion. Rotate to the front side and rotate the front and rear pocket components with respect to the support plate.
The support plate portion is in a state where the first protruding portion and the second protruding portion push the back surface of the front front plate portion of the pocket by rotating the rear component portion of the front portion of the pocket with respect to the support plate portion. The rotation angle of the base portion with respect to the rear plate portion is fixed, and a storage portion composed of the first side surface portion and having the support plate portion as the bottom surface is formed. A box body characterized in that the front and back are arranged at intervals.
ポケット前部後構成部が、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後板部(114)と、ポケット前部後板部に折れ線(C23)を介して連設されるとともに、支持板部に該第2折れ線を介して連設された連結板部で、第1突状部と第2突状部の間の位置に設けられた連結板部(116)とを有し、
支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定された状態では、支持板部がポケット前部前板部に対して略直角をなし、連結板部は、ポケット前部後板部及び支持板部に対して傾斜した状態となることを特徴とする請求項1又は2又は3に記載の箱体。
The front and rear pocket components are connected to the front and rear pocket plates (114) bonded to the front front plate of the pocket and the front and rear pocket plates via a polygonal line (C23), and are supported. It is a connecting plate portion that is continuously provided to the plate portion via the second polygonal line, and has a connecting plate portion (116) provided at a position between the first protruding portion and the second protruding portion.
When the rotation angle of the support plate with respect to the base rear plate is fixed, the support plate is substantially perpendicular to the front front plate of the pocket, and the connecting plate is the front rear plate of the pocket and the support. The box body according to claim 1, 2 or 3, wherein the box is inclined with respect to the plate portion.
支持板部は、第2切目線の第2折れ線側とは反対側の端部から連設されるとともに第5折れ線の一方の端部から連設された第4切目線(118Kc)を介して基部後板部と隣接するとともに、第3切目線の第2折れ線側とは反対側の端部から連設されるとともに第5折れ線の他方の端部から連設された第5切目線(118Kd)を介して基部後板部と隣接し、
第1ポケット上部板部は、第3折れ線と直角をなす第6切目線(120K)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、
第2ポケット上部板部は、第4折れ線と直角をなす第7切目線(122K)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、
基部後板部は、第6切目線の第6折れ線側の端部から第2切目線と第4切目線の接点まで形成された第8切目線(124Ka)と、第7切目線の第7折れ線側の端部から第3切目線と第5切目線の接点まで形成された第9切目線(124Kb)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接していることを特徴とする請求項1又は2又は3又は4に記載の箱体。
The support plate portion is continuously provided from the end opposite to the second polygonal line side of the second polygonal line, and is connected via the fourth polygonal line (118 Kc) which is continuously provided from one end of the fifth polygonal line. The fifth cut line (118 Kd) adjacent to the rear plate of the base and connected from the end opposite to the second polygonal line side of the third polygonal line and from the other end of the fifth polygonal line. ) Adjacent to the base rear plate,
The upper plate portion of the first pocket is adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via the sixth cut line (120K) perpendicular to the third polygonal line.
The upper plate portion of the second pocket is adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via the seventh cut line (122K) perpendicular to the fourth polygonal line.
The base rear plate portion includes the 8th cut line (124Ka) formed from the end of the 6th cut line on the 6th polygonal line side to the contact point between the 2nd cut line and the 4th cut line, and the 7th cut line of the 7th cut line. Claim 1 characterized in that it is adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via the ninth cut line (124 Kb) formed from the end on the polygonal line side to the contact point between the third cut line and the fifth cut line. Or the box body according to 2 or 3 or 4.
第2切目線と第3切目線と第8切目線と第9切目線とが切断予定線により形成されていることを特徴とする請求項5に記載の箱体。 The box body according to claim 5, wherein the second cut line, the third cut line, the eighth cut line, and the ninth cut line are formed by a planned cutting line. 基部前板部には、ポケット前部前板部と接する切欠部(10ha)が形成され、さらに、基部後板部における切欠部の背面側の領域には、開口部(10hb)が形成され、該切欠部及び該開口部に指を挿入して、ポケット前部前板部の端部をつかんで正面側に引っ張ることにより、第1切目線が切断されることを特徴とする請求項1又は2又は3又は4又は5又は6に記載の箱体。 A notch (10 ha) in contact with the front front plate of the pocket is formed in the front plate of the base, and an opening (10 hb) is formed in the region on the back side of the notch in the rear plate of the base. 1. The first aspect of the present invention is characterized in that the first cut line is cut by inserting a finger into the notch and the opening, grasping the end of the front plate portion of the front part of the pocket, and pulling it toward the front side. The box body according to 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6. 包装箱であって、
内箱部(A)と外箱部(B)とを有し、
内箱部が、
底面部(50)と、
底面部の各辺から立設し底面部に対して略直角をなす内側スリーブ状部で、第1内箱部側面部(30)と、第2内箱部側面部(10)と、第3内箱部側面部(20)と、第4内箱部側面部(40)を有し、内箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、互いに隣接する側面部が略直角をなす内側スリーブ状部(5)と、を有し、
第1内箱部側面部と第2内箱部側面部と第3内箱部側面部と第4内箱部側面部とにおける2つの内箱部側面部において、内箱部側面部の一部が分離部(24、34)として内箱部側面部における分離部以外の部分である内箱部側面部本体部と切目線を介して分離可能に形成され、
内箱部における分離部が設けられた内箱部側面部以外の内箱部側面部である特定内箱部側面部(10)が、
底面部から連設されるとともに、特定内箱部側面部が隣接する内箱部側面部と隣り合う基部前板部(110)と、
基部前板部の上側に第1切目線(110K)を介して連設されたポケット前部前板部(112)と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺から第1折れ線(C21c)を介して連設され、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後構成部(113)と、
ポケット前部後構成部のポケット前部前板部とは反対側の辺部から第2折れ線(C24)を介して連設されるとともに、第2折れ線の一方の端部から形成された第2切目線(118KA)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接するとともに、第2折れ線の他方の端部から形成された第3切目線(118KB)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第2切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第1突状部(116−1)と、第3切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第2突状部(116−2)を有する支持板部(118)と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第1折れ線の両側の部分における一方から第3折れ線(C21a)を介して連設された第1ポケット上部板部(120)と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第1折れ線の両側の部分における他方から第4折れ線(C21b)を介して連設された第2ポケット上部板部(122)と、
支持板部のポケット前部後構成部側とは反対側の辺部から第5折れ線(C25)を介して連設され、第1ポケット上部板部の第3折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第6折れ線(C22a)を介して連設され、第2ポケット上部板部の第4折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第7折れ線(C22b)を介して連設され、第1側面部の外側の面側を正面側とした場合に、基部前板部の背面側の面に接着して設けられた基部後板部(124)と、
を有し、
第1折れ線と第2折れ線と第3折れ線と第4折れ線と第5折れ線と第6折れ線と第7折れ線は平行に形成され、
第1切目線を切断する前の状態では、ポケット前部後構成部(113)と支持板部(118)と第1ポケット上部板部(120)と第2ポケット上部板部(122)と基部後板部(124)からなる領域は、基部前板部(110)とポケット前部前板部(112)からなる領域に対して、第1折れ線と第3折れ線と第4折れ線を介して折り返した状態であり、
内側右側面部において、内側右側面部の一部が第1分離部(24)として第1分離部以外の部分である内側右側面部本体部(22)と切目線(24a)を介して分離可能に形成され、
内側左側面部において、内側左側面部の一部が第2分離部(34)として第2分離部以外の部分である内側左側面部本体部(32)と切目線(34a)を介して分離可能に形成され、
外箱部が、
内箱部の外側の面に沿って設けられた外側スリーブ状部で、第1内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第1外箱部側面部(230)と、第2内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第2外箱部側面部(210)と、第3内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第3外箱部側面部(220)と、第4内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第4外箱部側面部(240)とを有し、外箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、互いに隣接する側面部が略直角をなす外側スリーブ状部(205)と、
外側スリーブ状部の上端から折れ線を介して連設された蓋部と、を有し、
内箱部における分離部が設けられた内箱部側面部である分離部形成内箱部側面部に対応した外箱部側面部に分離部が接着され、外箱部側面部における分離部が接着された領域を含む片部である回動片部(224、234)が分離部が接着された外箱部側面部の他の部分に対して回動可能に形成され、回動片部を外側に回動させることにより分離部と内箱部側面部本体部間の切目線が切断されて分離部が回動片部に接着した状態で内箱部から分離し、
第1切目線を切断して、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部とからなるポケット前部(111)を正面側に引き出すことにより、支持板部を基部後板部に対して正面側に回動させるとともに、ポケット前部後構成部を支持板部に対して回動させ、
ポケット前部後構成部が支持板部に対して回動することにより、第1突状部と第2突状部がポケット前部前板部の裏側の面を押した状態で、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定されて、第1側面部により構成され、支持板部を底面とする収納部が形成され、該収納部においては、基部(109)とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して配置されることを特徴とする包装箱。
It ’s a packaging box,
It has an inner box part (A) and an outer box part (B).
The inner box part
Bottom part (50) and
An inner sleeve-shaped portion that stands upright from each side of the bottom surface portion and forms a substantially right angle to the bottom surface portion. The first inner box portion side surface portion (30), the second inner box portion side surface portion (10), and the third inner box portion. An inner sleeve-shaped portion having an inner box portion side surface portion (20) and a fourth inner box portion side surface portion (40), and when the inner box portion is assembled in a box shape, the side surface portions adjacent to each other form a substantially right angle. (5) and
Part of the side surface of the inner box in the two side surfaces of the inner box, the side surface of the first inner box, the side surface of the second inner box, the side surface of the third inner box, and the side surface of the fourth inner box. Is formed as a separating portion (24, 34) so as to be separable from the main body portion of the side surface portion of the inner box portion, which is a portion other than the separating portion on the side surface portion of the inner box portion, via a cut line.
The specific inner box portion side surface portion (10), which is the inner box portion side surface portion other than the inner box portion side surface portion provided with the separation portion in the inner box portion,
The base front plate portion (110), which is connected from the bottom surface portion and is adjacent to the side surface portion of the inner box portion adjacent to the side surface portion of the specific inner box portion,
A pocket front front plate (112) connected to the upper side of the base front plate via the first cut line (110K), and a pocket front front plate (112).
The front part of the pocket The front part of the pocket is connected to the front part of the pocket through the first polygonal line (C21c) from the upper side, which is the side opposite to the front part of the base part of the front part of the pocket. Component part (113) and
A second portion formed from one end of the second folding line, which is connected from the side of the front pocket rear component portion opposite to the front plate portion of the pocket via the second polygonal line (C24). Adjacent to the front and rear pocket components via the cut line (118KA) and adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via the third cut line (118KB) formed from the other end of the second polygonal line. , Has a side portion along the second cut line, has a first protruding portion (116-1) protruding toward the front and rear components of the pocket, and has a side portion along the third cut line, and is a pocket. A support plate portion (118) having a second protruding portion (116-2) protruding toward the front and rear components, and a support plate portion (118).
Upper part of the first pocket which is connected from one side of both sides of the first polygonal line via the third polygonal line (C21a) on the upper side which is the side opposite to the base front plate side of the front pocket front plate portion. Board part (120) and
The upper part of the second pocket, which is the upper side of the front part of the front part of the pocket, which is the side opposite to the side of the front part of the front part of the pocket, and is connected from the other side of the first folding line via the fourth folding line (C21b). Board part (122) and
It is connected from the side of the support plate on the side opposite to the front and rear components of the pocket via the fifth polygonal line (C25), and from the side of the upper plate of the first pocket on the opposite side of the third polygonal line. It is connected via the 6th polygonal line (C22a), and is connected from the side of the upper plate of the 2nd pocket opposite to the 4th polygonal line via the 7th polygonal line (C22b), and is connected to the outside of the 1st side surface portion. When the front side is the front side, the base rear plate portion (124) provided by adhering to the back surface side of the base front plate portion and
Have,
The first polygonal line, the second polygonal line, the third polygonal line, the fourth polygonal line, the fifth polygonal line, the sixth polygonal line, and the seventh polygonal line are formed in parallel.
In the state before cutting the first cut line, the front pocket rear component (113), the support plate (118), the first pocket upper plate (120), the second pocket upper plate (122), and the base. The region consisting of the rear plate portion (124) is folded back via the first polygonal line, the third polygonal line, and the fourth polygonal line with respect to the area consisting of the base front plate portion (110) and the front front plate portion (112) of the pocket. It is in a state of being
In the inner right surface portion, a part of the inner right surface portion is formed as a first separation portion (24) so as to be separable from the inner right surface portion main body portion (22) which is a portion other than the first separation portion via a cut line (24a). Being done
In the inner left side surface portion, a part of the inner left side surface portion is formed as a second separation portion (34) so as to be separable from the inner left side surface portion main body portion (32) which is a portion other than the second separation portion via a cut line (34a). Being done
The outer box part
The outer sleeve-shaped portion provided along the outer surface of the inner box portion, the first outer box portion side surface portion (230) formed along the outer surface of the first inner box portion side surface portion, and the second outer box portion side surface portion (230). The second outer box side surface (210) formed along the outer surface of the inner box side surface, and the third outer box side surface formed along the outer surface of the third inner box side surface. parts and (220), fourth outer box section side portions which are formed along the outer surface of the fourth inner box portion side portion and a (240), in the assembled state of the outer box portion in a box shape, An outer sleeve-shaped portion (205) whose side surfaces adjacent to each other are substantially perpendicular to each other,
It has a lid portion that is connected from the upper end of the outer sleeve-shaped portion via a polygonal line, and has.
Separation part formation which is the side surface part of the inner box part provided with the separation part in the inner box part The separation part is adhered to the side surface part of the outer box part corresponding to the side surface part of the inner box part, and the separation part is adhered to the side surface part of the outer box part. The rotating piece portion (224, 234), which is a single portion including the formed region, is rotatably formed with respect to the other portion of the side surface portion of the outer box portion to which the separating portion is adhered, and the rotating piece portion is formed on the outside. By rotating to, the cut line between the separation part and the side surface part of the inner box part is cut, and the separation part is separated from the inner box part in a state of being adhered to the rotating piece part.
By cutting the first cut line and pulling out the pocket front portion (111) including the pocket front front plate portion and the pocket front rear component portion to the front side, the support plate portion is brought to the base rear plate portion. Rotate to the front side and rotate the front and rear pocket components with respect to the support plate.
By rotating the front and rear components of the pocket with respect to the support plate, the support plate portion is in a state where the first protruding portion and the second protruding portion push the back surface of the front front plate portion of the pocket. The rotation angle of the base portion with respect to the rear plate portion is fixed, and a storage portion composed of the first side surface portion and having the support plate portion as the bottom surface is formed. A packaging box characterized in that the front and back are arranged at intervals.
基部後板部の支持板部側とは反対側の辺部から折れ線を介して接着板部(126)が連設され、接着板部は、基部前板部から連設された底面部に接着されていることを特徴とする請求項8に記載の包装箱。 An adhesive plate portion (126 ) is continuously provided from the side of the base rear plate portion opposite to the support plate portion side via a polygonal line, and the adhesive plate portion is adhered to the bottom surface portion continuously provided from the base front plate portion. The packaging box according to claim 8, wherein the packaging box is provided. ポケット前部後構成部が、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後板部(114)と、ポケット前部後板部に折れ線(C23)を介して連設されるとともに、支持板部に該第2折れ線を介して連設された連結板部で、第1突状部と第2突状部の間の位置に設けられた連結板部(116)とを有し、
支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定された状態では、支持板部がポケット前部前板部に対して略直角をなし、連結板部は、ポケット前部後板部及び支持板部に対して傾斜した状態となることを特徴とする請求項8又は9に記載の包装箱。
The front and rear pocket components are connected to the front and rear pocket plates (114) bonded to the front front plate of the pocket and the front and rear pocket plates via a polygonal line (C23), and are supported. It is a connecting plate portion that is continuously provided to the plate portion via the second polygonal line, and has a connecting plate portion (116) provided at a position between the first protruding portion and the second protruding portion.
When the rotation angle of the support plate with respect to the base rear plate is fixed, the support plate is substantially perpendicular to the front front plate of the pocket, and the connecting plate is the front rear plate of the pocket and the support. The packaging box according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the packaging box is inclined with respect to the plate portion.
支持板部は、第2切目線の第2折れ線側とは反対側の端部から連設されるとともに第5折れ線の一方の端部から連設された第4切目線(118Kc)を介して基部後板部と隣接するとともに、第3切目線の第2折れ線側とは反対側の端部から連設されるとともに第5折れ線の他方の端部から連設された第5切目線(118Kd)を介して基部後板部と隣接し、
第1ポケット上部板部は、第3折れ線と直角をなす第6切目線(120K)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、
第2ポケット上部板部は、第4折れ線と直角をなす第7切目線(122K)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、
基部後板部は、第6切目線の第6折れ線側の端部から第2切目線と第4切目線の接点まで形成された第8切目線(124Ka)と、第7切目線の第7折れ線側の端部から第3切目線と第5切目線の接点まで形成された第9切目線(124Kb)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接していることを特徴とする請求項8又は9又は10に記載の包装箱。
The support plate portion is continuously provided from the end opposite to the second polygonal line side of the second polygonal line, and is connected via the fourth polygonal line (118 Kc) which is continuously provided from one end of the fifth polygonal line. The fifth cut line (118 Kd) adjacent to the rear plate of the base and connected from the end opposite to the second polygonal line side of the third polygonal line and from the other end of the fifth polygonal line. ) Adjacent to the base rear plate,
The upper plate portion of the first pocket is adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via the sixth cut line (120K) perpendicular to the third polygonal line.
The upper plate portion of the second pocket is adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via the seventh cut line (122K) perpendicular to the fourth polygonal line.
The base rear plate portion includes the 8th cut line (124Ka) formed from the end of the 6th cut line on the 6th polygonal line side to the contact point between the 2nd cut line and the 4th cut line, and the 7th cut line of the 7th cut line. 8. Claim 8 characterized in that it is adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via a ninth cut line (124 Kb) formed from the end on the polygonal line side to the contact point between the third cut line and the fifth cut line. Or the packaging box according to 9 or 10.
第2切目線と第3切目線と第8切目線と第9切目線とが切断予定線により形成されていることを特徴とする請求項11に記載の包装箱。 The packaging box according to claim 11, wherein the second cut line, the third cut line, the eighth cut line, and the ninth cut line are formed by a planned cutting line. 包装箱であって、内箱部(A)と、外箱部(B)とを有し、内箱部が、第1内箱部側面部(30)と第2内箱部側面部(10)と第3内箱部側面部(20)と第4内箱部側面部(40)と第4内箱部側面部から連設された内箱部糊代部とを有し、第1内箱部側面部、第2内箱部側面部、第3内箱部側面部、第4内箱部側面部、内箱部糊代部の順に連設され、内箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、互いに隣接する側面部が略直角をなす内側スリーブ状部で、第1内箱部側面部と第2内箱部側面部と第3内箱部側面部と第4内箱部側面部とにおける2つの内箱部側面部において、内箱部側面部の一部が分離部(24、34)として内箱部側面部における分離部以外の部分である内箱部側面部本体部と切目線を介して分離可能に形成された内側スリーブ状部(5)と、内側スリーブ状部の下端から連設された底面部で、第1内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された底面部第1片部(80)と、第2内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された底面部第2片部(60)と、第3内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された底面部第3片部(70)と、第4内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された底面部第4片部(90)とを有する底面部(50)と、を有し、
外箱部が、第1内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第1外箱部側面部(230)と、第2内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第2外箱部側面部(210)と、第3内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第3外箱部側面部(220)と、第4内箱部側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された第4外箱部側面部(240)と、第1外箱部側面部から連設された外箱部糊代部(242)とを有し、外箱部糊代部、第1外箱部側面部、第2外箱部側面部、第3外箱部側面部、第4外箱部側面部の順に連設され、外箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、互いに隣接する側面部が略直角をなす外側スリーブ状部と、外側スリーブ状部の上端から折れ線を介して連設された蓋部とを有し、内箱部における分離部が設けられた内箱部側面部である分離部形成内箱部側面部に対応した外箱部側面部に分離部が接着され、外箱部側面部における分離部が接着された領域を含む片部である回動片部(224、234)が分離部が接着された外箱部側面部の他の部分に対して回動可能に形成され、回動片部を外側に回動させることにより分離部と内箱部側面部本体部間の切目線が切断されて分離部が回動片部に接着した状態で内箱部から分離する包装箱で、
内箱部における分離部が設けられた内箱部側面部以外の内箱部側面部である特定内箱部側面部(10)が、
底面部から連設されるとともに、第2側面部及び第3側面部と隣り合う基部前板部(110)と、
基部前板部の上側に第1切目線(110K)を介して連設されたポケット前部前板部(112)と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺から第1折れ線(C21c)を介して連設され、ポケット前部前板部と接着されたポケット前部後構成部(113)と、
ポケット前部後構成部のポケット前部前板部とは反対側の辺部から第2折れ線(C24)を介して連設されるとともに、第2折れ線の一方の端部から形成された第2切目線(118KA)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接するとともに、第2折れ線の他方の端部から形成された第3切目線(118KB)を介してポケット前部後構成部と隣接し、第2切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第1突状部(116−1)と、第3切目線に沿った辺部を有し、ポケット前部後構成部側に突出した第2突状部(116−2)を有する支持板部(118)と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第1折れ線の両側の部分における一方から第3折れ線(C21a)を介して連設された第1ポケット上部板部(120)と、
ポケット前部前板部の基部前板部側とは反対側の辺部である上辺で第1折れ線の両側の部分における他方から第4折れ線(C21b)を介して連設された第2ポケット上部板部(122)と、
支持板部のポケット前部後構成部側とは反対側の辺部から第5折れ線(C25)を介して連設され、第1ポケット上部板部の第3折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第6折れ線(C22a)を介して連設され、第2ポケット上部板部の第4折れ線とは反対側の辺部から第7折れ線(C22b)を介して連設され、第1側面部の外側の面側を正面側とした場合に、基部前板部の背面側に設けられた基部後板部(124)と、
基部後板部の支持板部側とは反対側の辺部から第8折れ線(C26)を介して連設された接着板部で、基部前板部から連設された該底面部に接着された接着板部(126)と、
を有し、
第1折れ線と第2折れ線と第3折れ線と第4折れ線と第5折れ線と第6折れ線と第7折れ線は平行に形成され、
第1切目線を切断する前の状態では、ポケット前部後構成部(113)と支持板部(118)と第1ポケット上部板部(120)と第2ポケット上部板部(122)と基部後板部(124)からなる領域は、基部前板部(110)とポケット前部前板部(112)からなる領域に対して、第1折れ線と第3折れ線と第4折れ線を介して折り返した状態であり、
基部前板部と底面部間の折れ線と第1折れ線間の長さ(L11)が、第8折れ線と第1折れ線間の長さ(L12)と略同一に形成され、
第1切目線を切断して、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部とからなるポケット前部(111)を正面側に引き出すことにより、支持板部を基部後板部に対して正面側に回動させるとともに、ポケット前部後構成部を支持板部に対して回動させ、
ポケット前部後構成部が支持板部に対して回動することにより、第1突状部と第2突状部がポケット前部前板部の裏側の面を押した状態で、支持板部の基部後板部に対する回動角度が固定されて、第1側面部により構成され、支持板部を底面とする収納部が形成され、該収納部においては、基部(109)とポケット前部とが前後に間隔を介して配置され、
内箱部と外箱部とがそれぞれ1枚のブランクにより形成された包装箱の製造方法であって、
展開状態の外箱部に展開状態の内箱部を接着する第1接着工程であって、第1外箱部側面部に第1内箱部側面部を重ね、第2外箱部側面部に第2内箱部側面部を重ね、第3外箱部側面部に第3内箱部側面部を重ね、第4外箱部側面部に第4内箱部側面部を重ねた状態で、外箱部の回動片部と内箱部の分離部とを接着させ、外箱部に内箱部を接着した状態では、接着板部の少なくとも一部が外箱部に重ならない非重なり領域となる第1接着工程と、
底面部第1片部と底面部第2片部と底面部第3片部と底面部第4片部の4つの片部において特定内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された片部と接着板部のいずれかと、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部のいずれかに接着剤を塗布した状態で、特定内箱部側面部において、接着板部の非重なり領域に係止用部材(300)を係止することにより、第1折れ線よりも接着板部側である先端側の領域を第1折れ線を介して折り返して、特定内箱部側面部の下辺から連設された片部と接着板部とを接着し、ポケット前部前板部とポケット前部後構成部を接着する第2接着工程と、
外箱部の第外箱部側面部を第外箱部側面部に対して折り返す折り返し工程と、
外箱部糊代部と第外箱部側面部における外箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、内箱部糊代部と第内箱部側面部における内箱部糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかとに接着剤を塗布した状態で、外箱部の第外箱部側面部を第外箱部側面部に対して折り返すことにより、外箱部糊代部と第外箱部側面部とを接着し、内箱部糊代部と第内箱部側面部とを接着する第3接着工程と、を有することを特徴とする包装箱の製造方法。
The packaging box has an inner box portion (A) and an outer box portion (B), and the inner box portion is a first inner box portion side surface portion (30) and a second inner box portion side surface portion (10). ), The side surface portion (20) of the third inner box portion, the side surface portion (40) of the fourth inner box portion, and the glue margin portion of the inner box portion connected from the side surface portion of the fourth inner box portion. The side surface of the box, the side surface of the second inner box, the side surface of the third inner box, the side surface of the fourth inner box, and the glue margin of the inner box were connected in this order, and the inner box was assembled into a box shape. In the state, the side surfaces adjacent to each other are inner sleeve-shaped portions that are substantially perpendicular to each other, and the first inner box portion side surface portion, the second inner box portion side surface portion, the third inner box portion side surface portion, and the fourth inner box portion side surface portion. In the two side surface portions of the inner box portion, a part of the side surface portion of the inner box portion is separated from the main body portion of the side surface portion of the inner box portion, which is a portion other than the separated portion in the side surface portion of the inner box portion as a separation portion (24, 34). An inner sleeve-shaped portion (5) formed separably through the line of sight and a bottom portion connected from the lower end of the inner sleeve-shaped portion, and a bottom portion connected from the lower side of the side surface portion of the first inner box portion. The first piece (80), the bottom surface portion (60 ) connected from the lower side of the side surface portion of the second inner box portion, and the bottom surface portion connected from the lower side of the side surface portion of the third inner box portion. It has a third piece portion (70) and a bottom surface portion (50) having a bottom surface portion fourth piece portion (90) connected from the lower side of the side surface portion of the fourth inner box portion.
The outer box portion is formed along the outer surface of the first outer box portion side surface portion (230) formed along the outer surface of the first inner box portion side surface portion and the outer surface of the second inner box portion side surface portion. The second outer box portion side surface portion (210), the third outer box portion side surface portion (220) formed along the outer surface of the third inner box portion side surface portion, and the fourth inner box portion side surface portion. It has a fourth outer box portion side surface portion (240) formed along the outer surface and an outer box portion glue margin portion (242) continuously provided from the first outer box portion side surface portion, and has an outer box portion. The glue margin, the side surface of the first outer box, the side surface of the second outer box, the side surface of the third outer box, and the side surface of the fourth outer box were connected in this order, and the outer box was assembled into a box shape. In the state, it has an outer sleeve-shaped portion in which side surface portions adjacent to each other are substantially perpendicular to each other, and a lid portion connected from the upper end of the outer sleeve-shaped portion via a folding line, and a separating portion in the inner box portion is provided. Separation part formation which is the side surface part of the inner box part The separation part is adhered to the side surface part of the outer box part corresponding to the side surface part of the inner box part, and is a part including the region where the separation part is adhered on the side surface part of the outer box part. The rotating piece portion (224, 234) is rotatably formed with respect to the other portion of the side surface portion of the outer box portion to which the separating portion is adhered, and the rotating piece portion is rotated outward to form the separating portion. A packaging box that separates from the inner box in a state where the cut line between the main body of the side surface of the inner box is cut and the separation part adheres to the rotating piece.
The specific inner box portion side surface portion (10), which is the inner box portion side surface portion other than the inner box portion side surface portion provided with the separation portion in the inner box portion,
A base front plate portion (110) adjacent to the second side surface portion and the third side surface portion, which is continuously provided from the bottom surface portion,
A pocket front front plate (112) connected to the upper side of the base front plate via the first cut line (110K), and a pocket front front plate (112).
The front part of the pocket The front part of the pocket is connected to the front part of the pocket through the first polygonal line (C21c) from the upper side, which is the side opposite to the front part of the base part of the front part of the pocket. Component part (113) and
A second portion formed from one end of the second folding line, which is connected from the side of the front pocket rear component portion opposite to the front plate portion of the pocket via the second polygonal line (C24). Adjacent to the front and rear pocket components via the cut line (118KA) and adjacent to the front and rear components of the pocket via the third cut line (118KB) formed from the other end of the second polygonal line. , Has a side portion along the second cut line, has a first protruding portion (116-1) protruding toward the front and rear components of the pocket, and has a side portion along the third cut line, and is a pocket. A support plate portion (118) having a second protruding portion (116-2) protruding toward the front and rear components, and a support plate portion (118).
Upper part of the first pocket which is connected from one side of both sides of the first polygonal line via the third polygonal line (C21a) on the upper side which is the side opposite to the base front plate side of the front pocket front plate portion. Board part (120) and
The upper part of the second pocket, which is the upper side of the front part of the front part of the pocket, which is the side opposite to the side of the front part of the front part of the pocket, and is connected from the other side of the first folding line via the fourth folding line (C21b). Board part (122) and
It is connected from the side of the support plate on the side opposite to the front and rear components of the pocket via the fifth polygonal line (C25), and from the side of the upper plate of the first pocket on the opposite side of the third polygonal line. It is connected via the 6th polygonal line (C22a), and is connected from the side of the upper plate of the 2nd pocket opposite to the 4th polygonal line via the 7th polygonal line (C22b), and is connected to the outside of the 1st side surface portion. When the surface side of the base is the front side, the base rear plate portion (124) provided on the back side of the base front plate portion and the base rear plate portion (124)
It is an adhesive plate portion that is continuously provided from the side of the base rear plate portion that is opposite to the support plate portion side via the eighth polygonal line (C26), and is adhered to the bottom surface portion that is continuously provided from the base front plate portion. Adhesive plate part (126) and
Have,
The first polygonal line, the second polygonal line, the third polygonal line, the fourth polygonal line, the fifth polygonal line, the sixth polygonal line, and the seventh polygonal line are formed in parallel.
In the state before cutting the first cut line, the front pocket rear component (113), the support plate (118), the first pocket upper plate (120), the second pocket upper plate (122), and the base. The region consisting of the rear plate portion (124) is folded back via the first polygonal line, the third polygonal line, and the fourth polygonal line with respect to the area consisting of the base front plate portion (110) and the front front plate portion (112) of the pocket. It is in a state of being
The length between the polygonal line between the base front plate portion and the bottom surface portion and the first polygonal line (L11) is formed to be substantially the same as the length between the eighth polygonal line and the first polygonal line (L12).
By cutting the first cut line and pulling out the pocket front portion (111) including the pocket front front plate portion and the pocket front rear component portion to the front side, the support plate portion is brought to the base rear plate portion. Rotate to the front side and rotate the front and rear pockets with respect to the support plate
The support plate portion is in a state where the first protruding portion and the second protruding portion push the back surface of the front front plate portion of the pocket by rotating the rear component portion of the front portion of the pocket with respect to the support plate portion. The rotation angle of the base portion with respect to the rear plate portion is fixed, and a storage portion composed of the first side surface portion and having the support plate portion as the bottom surface is formed. Are placed back and forth with a gap,
A method for manufacturing a packaging box in which an inner box portion and an outer box portion are each formed of one blank.
In the first bonding step of adhering the unfolded inner box portion to the unfolded outer box portion, the first inner box portion side surface portion is overlapped with the first outer box portion side surface portion, and the second outer box portion side surface portion is formed. The outer side surface of the second inner box is overlapped, the side surface of the third inner box is overlapped with the side surface of the third outer box, and the side surface of the fourth inner box is overlapped with the side surface of the fourth outer box. In a state where the rotating piece of the box and the separating part of the inner box are bonded and the inner box is bonded to the outer box, at least a part of the adhesive plate is a non-overlapping area that does not overlap the outer box. The first bonding process and
Adhesion to the four pieces of the first piece of the bottom part, the second piece of the bottom part, the third piece of the bottom part, and the fourth piece of the bottom part, which are connected from the lower side of the side surface of the specific inner box part. For locking to the non-overlapping region of the adhesive plate portion on the side surface portion of the specific inner box portion with the adhesive applied to any of the plate portions, the front front plate portion of the pocket, and the rear component portion of the front portion of the pocket. By locking the member (300), the area on the tip side, which is the adhesive plate portion side of the first folding line, is folded back via the first folding line, and the pieces are continuously provided from the lower side of the side surface portion of the specific inner box portion. The second adhesive step of adhering the part and the adhesive plate part and adhering the front part of the pocket and the rear part of the front part of the pocket,
A folding process in which the side surface portion of the fourth outer box portion of the outer box portion is folded back with respect to the side surface portion of the third outer box portion,
One of the areas where the glue margin of the outer box and the glue margin of the outer box on the side surface of the fourth outer box adhere to each other, and the glue margin of the inner box and the glue margin of the inner box on the side surface of the inner box and the first inner box. By folding back the side surface portion of the first outer box portion of the outer box portion with respect to the side surface portion of the second outer box portion in a state where the adhesive is applied to any of the regions to which the outer box portion adheres, the outer box portion glue margin portion and the first (4) A method for manufacturing a packaging box, which comprises a third bonding step of bonding the side surface portion of the outer box portion and bonding the glue margin portion of the inner box portion and the side surface portion of the first inner box portion.
第2接着工程において、基部前板部と基部後板部のいずれかに接着剤を塗布した状態で、特定内箱部側面部において、第1折れ線よりも接着板部側である先端側の領域を第1折れ線を介して折り返して、基部前板部と基部後板部を接着することを特徴とする請求項13に記載の包装箱の製造方法。 In the second bonding step, in a state where the adhesive is applied to either the base front plate portion or the base rear plate portion, the region on the tip side, which is the adhesive plate portion side of the first folding line, on the side surface portion of the specific inner box portion. The method for manufacturing a packaging box according to claim 13, wherein the front plate portion of the base portion and the rear plate portion of the base portion are adhered to each other by folding back the base plate portion through the first folding line. 製造される包装箱において、底面部が、ワンタッチ底により形成されていて、底面部第1片部と底面部第2片部のいずれか一方における他方の側の部分である第1端部領域(84)が折れ線を介して折曲げ可能であり、該第1端部領域が底面部第1片部と底面部第2片部の他方に接着され、底面部第3片部と底面部第4片部のいずれか一方における他方の側の部分である第2端部領域(74)が折れ線を介して折曲げ可能であり、該第2端部領域が底面部第3片部と底面部第4片部の他方に接着され、
折り返し工程において、内箱部の底面部を構成する底面部第片部と底面部第片部内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返されているとともに端部領域外側に折り返されている状態であり、かつ、第2端部領域と、底面部第3片部と底面部第4片部の他方における該第端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかに接着剤塗布された状態で、外箱部の第外箱部側面部を第外箱部側面部に対して折り返すことにより、第端部領域と、底面部第片部と底面部第片部の他方とを接着し、
接着工程において、内箱部の底面部を構成する底面部第片部と底面部第片部内側スリーブ状部に対して折り返されているとともに端部領域外側に折り返されている状態であり、かつ、端部領域と、底面部第1片部と底面部第片部の他方における該第端部領域が接着する領域とのいずれかに接着剤塗布された状態で、外箱部の第外箱部側面部を第外箱部側面部に対して折り返すことにより、第端部領域と、底面部第片部と底面部第片部の他方とを接着することを特徴とする請求項13又は14に記載の包装箱の製造方法。
In the packaging box to be manufactured, the bottom surface portion is formed by a one-touch bottom, and the first end portion region (1 end portion region) which is a portion on the other side of either the bottom portion first piece portion or the bottom surface portion second piece portion. 84 ) is bendable via a fold line, the first end region is adhered to the other of the bottom surface first piece and the bottom surface second piece, and the bottom surface third piece and the bottom surface fourth. The second end region (74 ), which is the other side portion of any one portion, can be bent through the folding line, and the second end region is the bottom surface portion third piece portion and the bottom surface portion first. 4 Adhered to the other of one piece,
In folding step, a second end region with the fourth arm portion third arm portion bottom and bottom portion constituting a bottom portion of the inner box portion is returned folded against the inner sleeve-shaped portion is returned folded outwardly a state which has been, and a second end region, has one crab adhesive between the region where the second end region is adhered on the other of the fourth side part and the bottom part the third arm portion bottom portion in applying state, by folding the fourth outer casing portion side of the outer box portion relative to the third outer casing portion side portion, a second end region, the third arm portion bottom and the bottom portion 4 Glue one part to the other,
In the third bonding process, the first end region with the second arm portion first arm portion bottom and bottom portion constituting a bottom portion of the inner box portion is returned folded against the inner sleeve-shaped portion is outwardly a state of being returned folded and adhered to one of the regions and the first end region, the first end region of the other first arm portion bottom and the bottom surface portion second arm portions to adhere in a state in which agent is applied, by folding the first outer box part side portion of the outer box portion relative to the second outer box side surface portion, a first end region, a first arm portion bottom and the bottom portion The method for manufacturing a packaging box according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the second piece is adhered to the other.
蓋部が、第1外箱部側面部の上辺から連設された第1蓋部片部(280)と、第2外箱部側面部の上辺から連設された第2蓋部片部(260)と、第3外箱部側面部の上辺から連設された第3蓋部片部(270)と、第4外箱部側面部の上辺から連設された第4蓋部片部(290)とを有し、第1接着工程で、外箱部に内箱部を接着した際に、接着板部における一部の領域は、第1蓋部片部と第2蓋部片部と第3蓋部片部と第4蓋部片部において、第1外箱部側面部と第2外箱部側面部と第3外箱部側面部と第4外箱部側面部の4つの外箱部側面部の中で特定内箱部側面部に対応する外箱部側面部(210)から連設された蓋部片部である特定蓋部片部(260)と重なり、接着板部の他の領域は、該特定蓋部片部とは重ならないことを特徴とする請求項13又は14又は15に記載の包装箱の製造方法。 The lid portion is a first lid portion piece (280 ) that is continuously provided from the upper side of the first outer box portion side surface portion, and a second lid portion piece portion (280) that is continuously provided from the upper side of the second outer box portion side surface portion. 260 ), a third lid piece (270 ) connected from the upper side of the side surface of the third outer box, and a fourth lid piece (270) connected from the upper side of the side surface of the fourth outer box. 290) When the inner box part is bonded to the outer box part in the first bonding step, a part of the area in the adhesive plate part is the first lid part piece and the second lid part piece. In the third lid portion and the fourth lid portion, the four outer surfaces of the first outer box portion side surface portion, the second outer box portion side surface portion, the third outer box portion side surface portion, and the fourth outer box portion side surface portion. In the side surface of the box, it overlaps with the specific lid piece (260), which is a continuous lid piece from the outer box side surface (210) corresponding to the specific inner box side surface, and the adhesive plate part. other areas, manufacturing method of the packaging box according to claim 13 or 14 or 1 5, characterized in that does not overlap with the specific cover piece portion.
JP2016145444A 2016-07-25 2016-07-25 Box body, wrapping box and manufacturing method of wrapping box Active JP6889529B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016145444A JP6889529B2 (en) 2016-07-25 2016-07-25 Box body, wrapping box and manufacturing method of wrapping box

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016145444A JP6889529B2 (en) 2016-07-25 2016-07-25 Box body, wrapping box and manufacturing method of wrapping box

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2018016322A JP2018016322A (en) 2018-02-01
JP6889529B2 true JP6889529B2 (en) 2021-06-18

Family

ID=61076951

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2016145444A Active JP6889529B2 (en) 2016-07-25 2016-07-25 Box body, wrapping box and manufacturing method of wrapping box

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6889529B2 (en)

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4175713B2 (en) * 1999-01-25 2008-11-05 大日本印刷株式会社 Display combined carton
JP2011230778A (en) * 2010-04-26 2011-11-17 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Carton which is also used for display
JP5917224B2 (en) * 2012-03-26 2016-05-11 朝日印刷株式会社 Packaging box

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2018016322A (en) 2018-02-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP3139948U (en) Packaging box
JP6889529B2 (en) Box body, wrapping box and manufacturing method of wrapping box
JP2014506818A (en) Medical product packaging
JP6909042B2 (en) Packaging box and manufacturing method of packaging box
JP5309072B2 (en) Packaging box manufacturing method
JP2015034018A (en) Packaging box with display function
JP5782470B2 (en) Packaging box
JP6806484B2 (en) Box body, packaging box and manufacturing method of packaging box
JP6864426B1 (en) Packing box that can be transformed into a display stand
JP2011230778A (en) Carton which is also used for display
JP3148566U (en) Packaging box
JP3174806U (en) Packaging box
JP3147085U (en) Packaging box
JP6895723B2 (en) Packaging box manufacturing method
JP2006062748A (en) Packaging container
JP3147086U (en) Packaging box
JP2017186064A (en) Packaging box
JP5763969B2 (en) 2-piece packaging box
JP6858570B2 (en) Box body, wrapping box and manufacturing method of wrapping box
JP6902874B2 (en) Packaging box manufacturing method and packaging box
JP3150920U (en) Packaging box
JP6927249B2 (en) Blister pack
JP3208774U (en) Hanging structure
KR200295197Y1 (en) Boxing case
JP3190139U (en) Packaging box

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20190529

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20200826

A601 Written request for extension of time

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A601

Effective date: 20201022

A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20201216

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20210520

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20210521

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 6889529

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250